Volume B Operation Procedure of Plant Electrical Systems (HTOM-E-02)

Revision:
Language:
0
Dept:
HEPE
Page:
En
1/179
Harbin Huitong Electric Power Engineering Co., Ltd.
Project:
Form No.:
HTF-0
Date:
2014.3
File no.:
Plant section:
O&M Manual
747MW GUDDU Combined Cycle Power Project

Prepared
HTOM-E-02
Checked:
Approved:
Operation & Maintenance Manual

Operation Manual
747MW (Gross) Combined Cycle Power Plant

Project At GUDDU
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Volume B
Operation Procedure of Plant Electrical
Systems
Department
O&M
Operation Procedure of
Plant Electrical Systems
Page
1/179
Department
O&M
Content
Page
2/179
SECTION I MAIN UNIT SPECIFICATION AND CHARACTERISTIC..............4

1.System Overview...................................................................................................................................4
2. Main Equipment Parameters............................................................................................................4
2.1 GT..................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 ST...................................................................................................................................................5
3. generator running specification.......................................................................................................12
3.1 GT generator unit..........................................................................................................................12
3.2 the generator cooling system...................................................................................................15
4 generator system test..........................................................................................................................71
4.1 test principle................................................................................................................................71
4.2 generator water-break protect test.....................................................................................71
4.3 generator tightness test........................................................................................................72
4.4 sealing oil system test...........................................................................................................73
4.5 stator cooling water pump test.................................................................................................73
4.6 generator test...........................................................................................................................74
5. Generator auxiliary device and motor operating specification.....................................................75
5.1 motor general rule...................................................................................................................75
5.2 motor operating mode............................................................................................................76
5.3 operation and monitoring of the motor.............................................................................77
5.4 motor abnormal and trouble shooting.....................................................................................79
5.5 generator hydrogen cooling system put into, running and stop...............................81
5.6 Generator sealing oil system put into, operation and stop.........................................88
5.7 Generator stator cooling system put into, operation and stop............................................91
SECTION II ELECTRIC SYSTEM AND POWER DISTRIBUTION DEVICE. .97

1 Electric system and device operation principle......................................................................97
1.1 Electric operation precautions............................................................................................97
2 transformer.................................................................................................................................100
3 auxiliary power system...........................................................................................................117
4 DC system operation..................................................................................................................126
5. UPS system................................................................................................................................138
6 power distribution device.......................................................................................................148
7 diesel generator unit................................................................................................................163
SECTION III UNIT TROUBLE SHOOTING..................................................171

1 unit trouble shooting general tule.............................................................................................171
1.1 unit trouble shooting principle..........................................................................................171
1
unit integrity trouble shooting.............................................................................................174

2.1 unit fire hazard.......................................................................................................................174
2.2 unit auxiliary power break off............................................................................................175
3 generator abnormal operation and trouble shooting..........................................................176

3.1 generator overload operation............................................................................................176
3.2 generator three-phase current unbalance and stator grounding............................177
3.3 genrator voltage circuit line break-off...........................................................................178
3.4 excitation system fault........................................................................................................180
3.5 electric system oscillation and generator step-out......................................................183
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
Issue Date: 2013/11/15
2/179
Department
O&M
Content
Page
3/179
3.6 generator reverse-power operation..................................................................................185

3.7 generator transformer unit asynchronous parallel......................................................186
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
3/179
Department
O&M
Page
4/179
SECTION I Main Unit Specification and Characteristic

1.System Overview
This installation for 1 set of type 747 mw class S209FA multi-shaft gas - steam combined cycle
generating units, including two GT and one ST. Gas turbine parts provided by the American GE
company, turbine generator parts provided by Harbin electric. 500 kv 3/2 connection mode is adopted in
the system, is composed of three complete list. Unit adopts the generator transformer unit wiring, each
by a 340 mva three-phase double-winding step-up transformer connected to the 500 kv system,
generator export set circuit breaker (GCB), auxilairy use branch meet in # 1, # 2 gas turbine generator
transformer group of main transformer low voltage side, high voltage auxiliary transformer adopts the
on-load voltage regulating method and normal unit start-stop by main transformer delivers the factory
power supply, synchronization by the GCB, do not need to do auxiliary power switching operation, to
adapt to the requirements of various kinds of operation mode. Three 500 kv outgoing lines from west to
east, GUDDU, MULTAN, MUZAFFAR.
500 kv for direct grounding system, three main transformer neutral point grounding directly. Auxiliary
power system is composed of two levels of 6.6 kV and 400 v voltage, 6.6 kV high-voltage Auxiliary
system adopt transformer neutral point grounding resistance, 400 v low voltage auxiliary power system
with neutral directly grounded.
Gas turbine system generator transformer group adopt production of the series microcomputer type
complete protection device by GE, including generator protection G60, circuit breaker protection C60,
generator transformer group T60 -u, main transformer protection T60-T, HV transformer protection MIF,
main transformer protection RET670, HV auxiliary protection RET650, excitation transformer protection
REC650, and the transformer non electrical protection C30, protection of main and backup protection,
double completely, its current circuit, dc power supply, fully independent form 100% redundant export
relays and cables, make protection device to further improve the safety and reliability of operation.
# 3 generator transformer group protection G60, REG670, generator transformer group T60, MIB,
RET670, excitation transformer protection F35, transformer non-electricity protection C30.
2. Main Equipment Parameters

2.1 GT
2.1.1 generator
type
rated V
rated C
rated F
connecting mode
insulation grade
excitation mode
GE-324
15kV
12432A
50Hz
Y
F
Excitation
generator
manufacturer
GCB max.voltage 18KV
2. 1.2 main generator#1#2 main generator
type
SFPZ-340000/500TH
Rated V
525101.0%/15kV
Phase number
3
MAX H.V.-L.V. 16.67%
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
rated capacity
rated power
rated power factor
rated rotating speed
subtransient
reactance
cooling mode
excitation performance
323MVA
274.55MW
0.85lagging
3000rpm
0.20
full H2
High start response
system
American GE company
rated C/rated breaking C13000A/100KV
Rated capacity
Rated C
connecting group
Cooling mode
340000kVA
373.9/13087A
YN d11
ONAN66%
4
4/179
4
Department
O&M
Short circuit
resistance
manufacturer
500KV breaker
Type
Rated C
1s stable C
Page
5/179
RAT H.V.-L.V. 15.88%

MIN H.V.-L.V. 15.92%
ONAF85%
OFAF100%
Baoding Tianwei baobian electric Co.,ltd
SF6 breaker
3150A
Rated V
rated short circuit
breaking C
rated short close/open
C
40kA
500KV isolator
type
Horizontal flexible
single broken isolating
switch
Rated V
550KV
Dynamic stable C
100KA
1 s stable C
2.1.3 HV auxiliary transformer #1#2

type
SZ10-35000/15
Rated V
1581.25%/6.9kV
Phase number
3
Short circuit
MAX H.V.-L.V. 12.450%
resistance
RAT H.V.-L.V. 11.705%
MIN H.V.-L.V. 11.683%
manufacturer Fuzhou Tianyu electric Co.,ltd
2.1.4 excitation transformer #1#2
type
ZLSCB-2500/15
Rated V
15/0.92kV
Phase number
3
Short circuit
5.82%
resistance
manufacturer
2.1.5 LCI isotate transformer#1#2
type
ZQSC-7000/6.6
Rated V
6600/2080/2080V
Phase number
3
Short circuit
MV TO LV1 6.33%
resistance
MV TO LV1 6.05%
MV TO LV2 6.14%
LV1TOLV2 11.72 %
manufacturer : Hainan Jinpan electric Co.,ltd
550KV
40KA
100kA
40KA
Rated C
3150A
Rated capacity
Rated C
Connecting group
Cooling mode
35000kVA
1347/2929A
D yn11
ONAN
Rated capacity
Rated C
Connecting group
Cooling mode
2500kVA
96.2/1568.9A
Y d1
AN
Hainan Jinpan electric Co.,ltd

Rated capacity
Rated C
Connecting group
Cooling mode
7000kVA
612.3/971.5/971.5A
D d0y1
AN
2.2 ST
2. 2.1generator
type
stator
connecting
mode
Rated P
GCB max. V
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
QFSN-300-2
YY
Rotating speed
280MW
23KV
Rated V
Rated C
stator outgoing
3000r/m
in
6
phase
leading phase running

capabilty0.95 leading
rated power
continuous
20KV
Rated C
Rated breaking C
9509A
80KV
5
5/179
5
Department
O&M
Page
6/179
10000A
cooling medium parameters
Hydrogen P
0.3MPa Hydrogen purity
Allowable
0.02M
Min.purity
deviation
Pa
stator winding inside cooling water
rated intake
0.2MPa Intake water T
water P
max. intake P
intake water flow
0.25MP
a
Allowable deviation
98%
95%
Oxygen content
inside hydrogen
humidity
<1%
10 ~ -25
Copper compound
content
20 conductivity
100mg/L
20PH value
7~8
inlet max. water P
0.25mpa
Hydrogen cooler
number
2set/total 4
181.4%
Short circuit ratio
0.6
0.323%
zero sequence
resistance
0.262%
37.8/33.
3%
16.6/15.
2%
negative sequence
reactance
zero sequence
reactance
16.7/15.3 %
11%
static excess load
1.87
Stator capacity
Non-insert
rotor78M3
40
~50
30m3//h
0.5~1.5us/c
m
3/
3m /h
20 hardness
<2ug/L
20 ammonia content
m
icroscal
e
hydrogen cooler circulating water

inlet water T
20~38 Rated inlet water P
0.2MPa
hydrogen cooler water P
0.04MPa
drop
single hydrogen cooler
100m3//h
rated water flow
generator reactance and per-unit value
vertical
186.1%
horizontal
synchronization
synchronization
reactance
reactance
negative
2.622%
positive sequence
sequence
resistance
resistance
vertical transient 22.7/20
Horizontal transient
reactance
%
reactance
vertical super16.8/15. vertical supertransient
5%
transient reactance
reactance
static winding
12.4 %
rotating winding
leakage
leakage reactance
reactance
statoe per-slot
2
stator per-phase
serial number of
conductor
turns
number
stator winding open circuit is rotor winding transient time

8.47 s
constant
three-phase, two-phase or single short circuit is transient
0.035 s
time constant
three-phase short circuit
0.97s
negative loadbearingstatic
transient time constant
value
(transient value)
two-phase short circuit
1.68s
generator critical rotating
transient time constant
speed(non-connecting ST)
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
7.7/7.3 %
10 %
10 s
1290 (1
34532
6
6/179
6
Department
O&M
Page
7/179
single-phase short circuit C transient component time

constant
3 isolate grade and allowable temperature limited value
Generator stator and rotor isolate grade are F
Generator some parts and cooling medium allowable temperature limited value as following:
Generator part name
Stator winding outtake water

Stator winding up-low wire
Stator iron core
Stator terminal structure
Rotor winding
Inside hot hydrogen
Bearing metal
Bearing and seal oil outtake oil
Temperature limited value

Resistance
Resistance temperature
method
measurer
-85
-90
-120
-120
110
--75
-90
-70
excitation transformer specification as follow:

Type
KVA
Shell
Phase
F
condutor
primary/secondary windingBIL
primary/secondary V
cooling
T rise
Ambient T
Reactance
Effiency
insolation
Overload
electrostatic screening primary to
sencondary
degital T indicate/alarm and fan
control
T monitor RTD transducer T
Kfactor
Sub-connector
Primary side CTmeasuring
Primary side CTprotection
Secondary side CTmeasuring
Secondary side CTprotection
Double metal
thermometer
-----75
---
Dry
2000KVA/phase
IP20
single
50Hz
copper
150KV/20KV
12000V/890V Y/
AAself-cooling
80
50MAX
6% nominal
>98%
H220
200% 10sec
have
no
Per-phase RTDto terminal
2.80
2.5%
200/1A 0.5grade 10VAFs
300/1A 5P20 grade 10VA
5000/1A 0.5 grade 10VA
5000/1A 5P20 grade 10VA
2.2.2 generator neutral point earthing transformertable1-15

type
Rated VkV
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
DC-50 20/0.23
20
7/179
7
Department
O&M
Page
8/179
Rated capacitykVA
50
Change ratiokV
20/0.23
rated instant 50Hz withstand

voltagekV
rated lighting impulse withstand voltage
peakkV
75
150
secondary side resistance
0.45
secondary side resistance hot stable C

A
3001min
transformer insulation grade
manufacturer
2.2.3main transformer #3
type
Rated V
SFPZ340000/500TH
525101.0%
/20kV
3
MAX H.V.-L.V.
16.67%
phase
Short circuit
reactance
RAT H.V.-L.V. 15.88%
MIN H.V.-L.V. 15.92%
manufacturer
auxIliary A/B/C dry transformer
type
SCB10--2500/6
Rated V
6600V
phase/F
3/50HZ
short circuit
I
reactance
10.259%/10.415%/1
0.301%
II
10.403%/10.3%/10.
329%
T rise value
80K
Rated capacity
340000kVA
Rated C
373.9/13087A
Connecting group
Cooling mode
YN d11
ONAN66%
ONAF85%
OFAF100%
Baoding Tianwei Baobian electric CO.,ltd
Rated capacity
Rated C
Connecting group
Cooling mode
isolator grade
2500KVA
209.2A
Dyn11
AN
2. 2. 4 separated phase enclosed busbar

Generator main bus-bar, auxiliary branches enclosed bus is full connected type, micro positive pressure
system. Main busbar have GCB. auxiliary branches enclosed bus connection piece. For the cooling
system of enclosed bus is self-cooled. To 20 kv rated voltage, lightning impulse withstand voltage level
of 125 kv (peak), 1 minute power frequency withstand voltage levels for 55 kv (RMS), bus in ambient
temperature 50 , rated current continuous running, the temperature rise no more than 35 , the
shell temperature rise not to exceed 20 , enclosed bus main specifications are as follows:
A)main circuit
Rated C 13000A(GT
10000AST
Phase spacingmm): 1400 (part1200
Dynamic stable C 250KA (GT
200KAST
2 s hot stable C 100KAGT
80KA(ST
B) excitation transformer sub circuit
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
8/179
8
Department
O&M
Page
9/179
Rated C 1600A
Dynamic stable C400kA
2 s hot stable C 160kA
C) auxiliary transformer sub circuit
Rated C 1600A
D) High voltage transformer adopt total box on the low voltage side of enclosed bus, the
specification is as follows:
Rated C 4000A
Rated V 6.6KV
busbar running max. T 90
cooling mode nature
2.2.5centralized control 220VDC parameters
Input v
AC400V15%
Input F
50Hz5%
efficiency
>85%
power factor
>0.7
charger output V 198V~260V
charger output C 0~500A
charger stable voltage precision 1%
charger stable flow precision 2%
charger wave factor 1%
battery rated capacity 2500AH
battery number
103
battery nominal V 2V
battery end V 1.75V
battery discharge C 300A
battery 10h discharge capacity2500AH
DC busbar V 220V~240V
DC busbar C 2000A
noise
55dB
insulation action resistance 1K~99K
busbar V monitoring 0~150
insulation resistance
10M
medium strength
AC 2KV 1min
T rise
80K
protection grade
IP42
2.2.6 unit diesel generator
Type
AMG 0450BB04
Rated power
1364KW
Rated V
420V
Rated C
2344A
Rated rotating
1500r/min
Rated F
50HZ
speed
Rated power factor
Excitation mode
No0.8lagging
brush,permanent
magnet
Connecting mode
Star connecting
neutral point
direct grouding
grouding mode
phase
3
Effiency
95.44%
Insulation grade
H
Protection grade
IP 23
manufacturer
ABB
Producing
china
2.2.7 500KVstep -up diesel generator
Type
AMG 0355AA04
Rated P
400KW
RatedV
420V
Rated C
687A
Rated rotating
1500r/min
Rated F
50HZ
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
9/179
9
Department
O&M
speed
Rated power factor
0.8lagging
excitation mode
Connecting mode
Star connecting
phase
Insulation grade
manufacturer
3
H
ABB
neutral point
grouding mode
Effiency
Protection grade
Producing
Page
10
10/179
Nobrush,permanent
magnet
direct grouding
94.35%
IP 23
china
2.3 main motor parameter fo turbine boiler

2.3.1 condensate pump motor
Type
YLKK710- Current
75A
Insulation
F
4/900
grade
voltage
6.6KV
power factor
0.85
Work mode
S1
Power
A
6KV Isection
B
6KV II
supply
section
C
6KV
motor
1488r/min
Isection/IIsecti rotating
on
speed
2.3.2 close circuilating booster pump motor
Type
YKK450-6
Power
450KW
Voltage
6600KV
Current
48.2A
Insulation grade
F
Power factor
0.865
Running mode
S1
Protection gradey7
IC616
A location
6KV Isection
B position
6kv IIsection
Motor rotating
speed
2.3.3 auxiliay cooling water pump motor
Type
YKK500-6
Power
630KW
Voltage
6600V
Current
68A
Power factor
0.81
Insulation grade
F
Motor rotating
993r/min
Running mode
VVVS1
speed
Protection grade
IP 54
2.3.4 fault shutdown low pressure auxiliary cooling water pump motor
Type
Y3-355M1-4
Power
220KW
Voltage
400V
Current
371A
Power factor
0.90
Rotating speed
1485r/min
2.3.5 water chamber vacuum pump motor
Type
Y3 250M-6
Power
37KW
Voltage
400V
Current
67.2A
Power factor
0.86
Insulation grade
F
Effiency
92.45%
Motor connection
Angle
Protection grade IP
54
Rotating speed
980r/min
2.3.6 stator water pump motor
Type
Y2-180M-2TH
Power
22KW
Voltage
400V
Current
39.0A
Power factor
0.9
Effiency
90.5%
Protection grade IP
55
2.3.7 turbine lube oil pump motor
Type
YB2-22.5M-2
Voltage
400V
Power factor
0.9
Effiency
92%
Protection grade IP
55
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
Insulation grade
Motor connection
Rotating speed
Power
Current
Insulation grade
Motor connection
Rotating speed
F
Angle
2940r/min
45KW
81.2A
F
Angle
2970r/mon
10
10/179
10
Department
O&M
2.3.8 turbine jacking oil pump motor

Type
YB2-200L-4
Power
Voltage
380V
Current
Power factor
0.86
Insulation grade
Effiency
92%
Motor connection
Protection grade IP
55
Rotating speed
2.3.9 turbine high pressure seal pump motor
Type
YB2-160L-2
Power
Voltage
400V
Current
Power factor
0.89
Insulation grade
Effiency
90.0%
Rotating speed
2.3.10 turbine EH oil pump motor
Type
M2QA225M4A
Power
Voltage
415V
Current
Rotating speed
1480r/min
Insulation grade
Protection grade IP
55
Power factor
2.3.11 generator air side oil pump motor
Type
Y180L-6THB3
Power
Voltage
400V
Rated Current
Protection grade IP
55
Rotating speed
2.3.12generator air side DC oil pump motor
Type
Z2-72TH
Power
Voltage
220V
Current
Insulation grade
B
Rotating speed
2.3.13 generator hydrogen side DC oil pump motor
Type
Z2-41TH
Power
Voltage
220V
Current
Insulation grade
B
Rotating speed
2.3.14 generator hydrogen side oil pump motor
Page
11
11/179
30KW
57.6A
F
Angle
1470r/min
18.5KW
33.3A
F
2928r/min
45KW
79.8A
F
0.845
15KW
29.1A
970r/min
13KW
70.7
1000r/min
5.5KW
30.3A
3000r/min
2.3.15
medium
pressure
feedwater
pump
Type
Y3 315S-2WTH
Voltage
400V
Insulation grade
F
Power factor
0.91
F
50HZ
2.3.16 condensate re-circuilating pump
Type
Y3 315M-4WTH
Voltage
400V
Insulation grade
F
Power factor
0.87
F
50HZ
2.3.17 high pressure feedwater pump
Type
YKS560-2W-TH
Voltage
6600
Insulation grade
F
Power factor
0.89
F
50HZ
2.3.18 seal fan
Type
M2QA180M2A
Voltage
400V
Insulation grade
F
Power factor
0.88
2.3.19 instrument air compressor motor
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
Power
Current
Rotating speed
Effiency
Protection grade
110KW
185A
2975r/min
94%
IP54
Power
Current
Rotating speed
Effiency
Protection grade
132KW
233A
1486r/min
94%
IP55
Power
Current
Rotating speed
Cooling mode
Protection grade
1150KW
118A
2984r/min
IC81W
IP54
Power
Current
Rotating speed
Running mode
22KW
38.3A
2950r/min
S1
11/179
11
11
Department
O&M
Type
effiency
Voltage
Y355-4
93.6%
6600
Power
Rated Current
Rotating speed
Page
12
12/179
315 KW
34.2A
1480r/min
3. generator running specification

3.1 GT generator unit
3.1.1 GT generator unit startup device
By static starter (LCI) and excitation system (EX2100) turn the generator to synchronous motor, start for
S9151FA generating set, can save to start the motor and the torque converter and other related
accessories, but also save the space around the turbine foundation. LCI control system, control system
and Mark VI EX2100 control system is a complete control system. Gas turbine Mark VI control system
to provide operation, torque and the speed setting signal to LCI control system, LCI control system
according to these signals through the closed loop control mode to provide a change frequency energy
generator stator. During startup, EX2100 LCI control to adjust the excitation current, through the control
of excitation current and stator current increase and decrease of generator acceleration and
deceleration. A set of LCI can be used in many units start, this section is only to start the # 1 # 1 LCI
unit as an example to introduce the control process of LCI.
LCI control during unit startup
3.1.1.1 LCI control during unit startup
.1.2.1 startup condition check
As HMI choose the starting unit # 1, # 1 LCI L3SS_SEL 1, LCI control system will be sent to Mark VI
l3ss_rs control system, used to launch condition check. If the following conditions are met, LCI is in
before the start of state:
(1) microcomputer digital signal processor UCVE DSPC and controller communication is normal;
(2) no LCI start-up failure. If appear start-up failure, can be RESET by LCI controller copy;
(3) no 6 kv switch switch failure. If after sending the closing command 3 s LCI, switch is still not closed,
send the report to the police and keep, since can RESET on the LCI controller copy;
(4) no LCI export isolation knife switch failure. If, after sending the closing command 16 s LCI, knife is
still not closed, hair
This alarm and maintain, and can RESET on the LCI controller copy;
(5) no DSPC to LCI tripping signals. Including the coolant fluid level is low, the coolant fluid level is high,
the cooling fluid low resistivity, low cooling liquid circulating pump outlet pressure and ac impedance, dc
resistance high temperature, isolation variable temperature higher protection;
(6) no LCI running from DSPC signal;
(7) no gas turbine Mark VI to LCI operation signal L4SSRUN and electrical signals LSS_PWR;
(8) LCI has stopped running more than 20 s;
(9) no on a gas turbine to # 1 lci electrical command;
(10) Ethernet connection is normal.
.1.2.2 startup processing control
after the start condition is met, once started issued instructions, L4SS 1, LCI L4SS master logic 1, at
the same time a EX2100 startup command, after a delay time of 19.78 s, generator field has been
established, after completing the linker, LCI has current output:
(1) when L4SS 1, Mark VI command lss_pwr LCI on electricity control system, LCI connection program.
If within 20 s LCI on electrical unfinished, issued "on the LCI electric fault alarm, make the LCI linker
closure, a boot device tripping commands, tripping, and banned generator connected to the LCI;
(2) when the LCI connection procedure, after the completion of a generator is connected to the LCI
command. Check the generator no voltage and generator, the switch is off, after disconnect the
generator neutral point grounding knife, and then close the generator static boot knife. LCI connection
program finish thus, L3SS_CON buy 1. If a generator is connected to the LCI command of connector
can not be completed within 30 s, emit boot device tripping command, make L4T 1, tripping unit. The
reasons for this situation are mostly neutral grounding knives or static start generator motor fault;
(3) when the generator is connected to the LCI program is finished, Mark VI control system run LCI
l4ssrun = 1, torque command l4sstorq = 1 and LCI speed set point ss_ref_out = 23.3% to LCI, make
LCI purging work (L83SS_PURGE = 1);
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
12
12/179
12
Department
O&M
Page
13
13/179
(4) when 11 min after the purging procedure, Mark VI control system run LCI l4ssrun = 1, LCI speed
value to LCI ss_ref_out = 14.5%, but the torque command l4sstorq = 0, the purpose is to make the unit
speed decreased, when the unit 13.5%, the rotational speed down to the ignition of torque command
l4sstorq = 1, when the unit speed increased to 14%, Mark VI issue ignition command control system,
make LCI ignition warming-up works (L83SS_FIRE = 1);
(5) when 1 min after the warm-up program, Mark VI control system run LCI l4ssrun = 1, torque
command l4sstorq = 1 and LCI speed set point ss_ref_out = 100% to LCI, make the LCI works at full
speed (L83SS_FULSPD = 1).
Figure 1 said LCI in purging work, ignition warm machine works, works at full speed when Mark VI
control system of LCI run command control logic diagram;
Figure 2 shows the LCI in purging work, ignition warm machine works, works at full speed when Mark
VI control system of LCI torque command control logic diagram;
(6) when the unit speed reached 85.5%, Mark VI control system run LCI l4ssrun = 0, torque command
l4sstorq = 0 and LCI speed set point ss_ref_out = 0% to LCI, LCI at zero speed works (L83SS_ZERO =
1). Execute when the LCI operation logic l4ssrun = 0, LCI disconnect procedures, disconnect the
isolation switch and LCI export knife;
(7) in the LCI disconnect after the program execution, a generator disconnect program command,
disconnect the generator static start knife, then close the generator neutral grounding knife. If within 30
s of the isolating switch can't disconnect or neutral grounding knife cannot be closed within the 30 s,
were issued a report to the police. If in the process of start unit trip, delay 0.5 s disconnect isolation
switch, Close the neutral grounding breaker;
(8) static start knife disconnect, neutral point grounding of the generator breaker closed, EX2100 stop
running after, generators disconnect procedures complete, L3SS_DISCON = 1, unit start-up process is
complete.
3.1.1.3 LCI offline washing process control
Chose offline washing unit, to meet the offline after washing and LCI start condition, operation
personnel in CRANK mode unit instruction, the Mark VI control system puts LCI offline water works. LCI
offline washing mode control logic L4SS_W_WASH 1, issued on the LCI electrical command, in 6 kv
switch and LCI export after completion of the isolation knife switch, implement the generator
connectors, disconnect the generator neutral point grounding knife, closed static generator breaker.
After LCI complete offline washing process connection program, according to the offline when water
temperature difference between wheel, LCI is divided into two ways.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
13
13/179
13
Department
O&M
Page
14
14/179
1.3.1 round between the temperature meet the requirements of offline washing, LCI in normal water
works (L83SS_WW_RUN = 1) unit after the issue of the instruction L83SS_WW_RUN 1, Mark VI
control system run LCI l4ssrun = 1, torque command l4sstorq = 1 and LCI speed set-point KSSREFWB
= 18% to LCI, after completing the prewash and detergent spray after the first time, choose the LCI
speed set-point for KSSREFWA = 14.5%, on the second cleaner spray, spray the LCI stop delay after
the 120 s output, unit speed drops, began to soak process, in order to achieve better cleaning effect
Fruit. For 20 min, by performing a rinse procedures rinse of the unit. In the offline after the washing
process, by offline washing command, stop the implementation of LCI disconnect procedures and
generators disconnected, complete an offline washing process.
Unit after the issue of the instruction L83SS_WW_RUN buy 1, if after this round of room temperature
did not meet the requirements of offline washed again, then MarkVI control system run LCI l4ssrun = 1,
torque command l4sstorq = 1 and LCI speed set-point for LCI KSSREF1 = 9%, higher speed in the
direction of the 9% of the unit, after rising speed to the set value K14SS_WW_CD = 8%, LCI torque
command l4sstorq = 0, when the rotation speed decreased to 7% LCI torque output again, speed
stability of generating unit at about 8% for cold procrastinate, until after the temperature meet the
requirements between wheel to perform normal offline washing process.
3.1.2 LCI fault protection
3.1.2.1LCI no output
Mark VI control system run LCI l4ssrun = 1, torque command after the 45 s l4sstorq = 1, unit speed is
still less than 1%, is a static starter without output tripping command L60SSBOGTRIP = 1, the tripping
of generating unit.
3.1.2.2 without acceleration protection
After the completion of the unit in the warm-up, LCI at the stage works at full speed, if the unit actual
acceleration value is 0.05% less than the minimum acceleration/s, emit the unit automatically stop
command L60PSNA_SD = 1.
3.1.2.4 permission levels unit occurred in the process of start the trip
Unit trip occurs L4 0, LCI switch to zero speed, l4ssrun = 0, LCI stop running, disconnect 52 ss, then
disconnect 89 md, l4sstorq = 0, LCI stop output torque, disconnect the static start knife, close the
generator neutral grounding knife, make the LCI in the start state.
LCI on startup process trip
LCI occurred in the process of start trip, make L4SST = 1, L4 = 0, LCI according to 3.3 LCI disconnect
procedures.
3.1.2.5 normal boot up difficulties in the process of protection
During the process of normal boot up stage (except purging time L2TV = 1 to send end of ignition
command phase L14HMZ = 1) difficulty in acc, namely the current speed is less than the unit start-up
process has been to 5% of the maximum speed of more than 1 s, emit tripping command unit.
3.1.2.6 fault generator linker
When the unit normal boot and water appeared in the process of connecting to the application of
neutral grounding knife can't disconnect or static start knife cannot close fault, will make the trip, and
perform the LCI disconnect procedures and generators disconnected, back to the start state.
3.2 the generator cooling system
This generator is GE production hydrogen cooled generator, with hydrogen on the rotor and stator
cooling, at the same time with the foreign water through the heat exchanger of airtight hydrogen cooled
generator rotor coaxial installed on both ends of the fan blade with the rotor high-speed rotation, airtight
hydrogen forced circulation within the generator. Generator on each side to decorate the two vertical
heat exchanger for cooling hydrogen.
3.2.1 the generator hydrogen system of mechanical structure
The generator hydrogen seal USES a double sealing ring structure. Sealing ring and the clearance
between shaft only 0. 076 ~ 0.381 mm. Seal oil from the middle into two layers of sealing ring, from
both ends of high-pressure hydrogen contact with generator at one end of the tube, the oil return
clearance is small, plus an oil baffle can also reduce the oil flow. And seal oil pressure and differential
pressure of the hydrogen pressure basic constant (usually in 38. 5 ~ 49. 0 kPa), thus to keep the stable
flow field, also keep the stability of the seal. The other end of the contact with outside air, oil return gap
is bigger, so a large number of the seal oil from the oil return air side. Basic constant due to the
atmospheric pressure at the same time, the seal oil pressure with adjusted within the generator
hydrogen pressure, so the generator within the higher the gas pressure, the greater the pressure
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
14
14/179
14
Department
O&M
Page
15
15/179
difference of oil return air side, also means that the amount of oil return air side, which resulted in
increased seal oil flow.
3.2.2 generator hydrogen seal oil supply and oil return
Gas turbine generator seal oil and lubrication oil for the same, so share a tank. Gas turbine with
two ac lubricating oil pump, 1 dc lubricating oil pump, 1 ac seal oil pump and 1 dc oil pump seal.
Because the sealing oil system of a lubricating oil pump outlet pressure is higher than demand
pressures (49 to 490 kPa), so as long as a normal runtime communication lubricating oil pump can
ensure that the lubricating oil and seal oil supply. From the mother lubricating oil pipe can supply all the
way through the pressure regulating valve sealing oil system. When the lubricating oil system has low
oil pressure signal will start the communication standby lubricating oil pump, if the low oil pressure
signal to the dc lubricating oil pump. Lubricating oil of low oil pressure signal is still higher than seal oil
demand pressures, so generally low oil pressure signal will only start the standby lubricating oil pump.
But if decreasing oil pressure to the sealing oil low pressure signal, ac seal oil pump will start. If still
cannot meet the demand of seal oil pressure will start the dc oil pump seal. In ac/dc oil pump logically
under multi-level protection, gas turbine generator seal oil supply will get maximum guarantee. And seal
oil supply comes from the lubricating oil, oil seal oil is also associated with the oil of lubricating oil. Oil
return air side of the seal oil directly to the lube oil foam box, while the hydrogen side of the sealing oil
oil return to pass a special seal oil float oil return valve (float t rap) back to lubricant oil foam boxes
3.2.3 generator sealing oil auxiliary equipment
(1) the sealing oil pressure regulating valve module
Hydrogen cooled generator in normal operation, the internal temperature and pressure with
hydrogen generator load changes, and because the hydrogen must keep certain metabolic rate rather
than the 100% of the seal loop, so the gas pressure inside the generator is relatively stable. In the
generator internal gas displacement, the nature of the internal gas and pressure there will be a
significant change. As a result, the dynamic variation of the pressure to the security and stability of
hydrogen to seal in the generator, we must make the seal oil pressure changes over the hydrogen
pressure, maintain a constant pressure difference. GE gas turbine generator seal oil pressure is
accomplished by the diaphragm type pressure regulating module, by purely mechanical differential
adjustment to achieve purpose. Seal oil pressure through the generator seal oil pressure and oil seal oil
pressure regulating valve after pressure to the pressure regulating valve diaphragm to comprehensive
regulation. Oil seal oil pressure and the gas pressure inside the generator is the same, the pressure
regulating valve after pressure is the oil inlet pressure sealing ring, both through the pressure regulating
valve to adjust and maintain a stable pressure difference, also means that the sealing ring of the
generator also remain stable pressure difference. The pressure difference of the set value by adjusting
the diaphragm pressure regulating valve spring fastening bolt to fix. Multiple gas displacement, and the
long time running experience shows that pressure regulating valve regulating performance of the rapid
and accurate.
(2) the sealing oil float oil return valve
Oil seal oil, there are two way, oil return air side of the seal oil directly to the combustion engine
lubricating oil return pipe, and the hydrogen side of the sealing oil will be on a float oil return oil return
valve. When the generator gas pressure rises, the sealing oil without differential pressure regulating
valve will increase oil supply pressure and flow rate immediately. Floating ball valve back due to the
internal gas pressure in the air pressure is equal to the generator, and after float oil return valve, the
return pipe pressure to atmospheric pressure, so the generator pressure rise within said back to the oil
pressure difference, in the same back to the throttle opening next oil flow quantity is big. And under the
condition of the oil return ability is insufficient, floating ball valve oil level rise to make the back to the
throttle opening, increasing oil amount back. In general, float oil return valve of the oil level is normal,
said for the sealing oil system of a normal oil return system; Abnormal oil level increases, the said gas
pressure is low in the generator, this usually occurs within the generator below 14 kPa pressure, at this
time back to the oil pressure difference is not enough to overcome frictional head loss and height; The
cause of the oil level is low are often not because of high gas pressure in the air generator, but the
interior of the float oil return valve mechanical problems, needs to break up.
(3) foam box (Enlargement)
On the whole system consists of two foam box, a collector side, another on the turbine side. When
after generator sealing ring, sealing oil in the tubing will be after defoaming box. Foam box is actually a
flash tank, by increasing surface area to make hydrogen bubble left seal oil.
(4) hydrogen metabolism
Although within the generator hydrogen on sealing oil system and the atmosphere, but the long run
will continue to reduce the purity. To keep within the generator hydrogen purity, you need to keep
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
15
15/179
15
Department
O&M
Page
16
16/179
certain metabolic rate, hydrogen by some low purity hydrogen vent, add new high purity hydrogen to
maintain the generator of high purity hydrogen. The purity of hydrogen in the system of the lowest
places on the two side of hydrogen seal oil oil foam box, so both defoaming box with metabolism of
trachea. During normal operation, if the purity is reduced, will automatically open the electromagnetic
valve will defoaming in low purity hydrogen vent, operation personnel, of course, can also open the
manual bypass to manually emptying.
(5) liquid level monitor
GE hydrogen generator has two with floating ball connecting rod trigger signals of liquid level
monitor, a set of monitoring of generator electrical side back to oil defoaming tanks level, if the seal oil
pressure is too high, the foam level in the rise, more than liquid level monitor sampling mouth will flow in
the low liquid level monitor through a pipe. When the liquid level monitor is triggered when the
transmitter level rose to a certain height, the MK VI will send alarm signal. Another liquid level monitor
to monitor the oil level inside the generators, opening at the bottom of the sealing ring of the hydrogen
side of the generator, if the seal oil pressure is too high, have the sealing oil leakage into the generator,
is through the pipe into the liquid level monitor, when the liquid level monitor level rose to a certain
value, the trigger transmitter, sending high liquid level alarm or liquid level alarm. The first liquid level
monitor was installed on the collector end only foam box, because two foam box by return pipe
connected, is a liquid level, etc.
3.2.4Hydrogen cooled turbo generator vertical cooler
The project adopts continuous hydrogen surface cooler, cooling water circulate in two or more
channels in the pipe, flow mode is determined by the water tank layout. The cool gas flows
through the above pipe bundles according to gas flow in the water. Hydrogen cooling generator is
composed of four parts, the airflow in the airtight generator shell body should be placed
symmetrically. The four part pipe connected in parallel.
3.2.5 generator excitation device
1bush holder device
The brush holder device is using the constant voltage type brush holder, disc springs pressure
increase with brush wear, always maintain a uniform pressure on the top of the brush. Disc spring
permanently installed on the supporting plate, . On the supporting plate it is also provided with a
separating clamp, and contact brush lead terminals. Each provide a separate insulated handle,
used for assembling and dismantling brush supporting plate and spring assembly.
Replace of bush.
(1) The insulated handle is used for disassembly and replacement brush; press the handle to
release the brush holder. Ensure that the handle of replaced bush and other device is clean and
dry .if do like this, there will be a risk of severe shock.
2
In the maintenance of brush and collector ring, something fall into the brush device or rotating
collector ring and fan parts of any metal objects (watches, chains, etc.) or other objects. In addition,
in dealing with a brush, prevent hand contact with brush device with no intention, suggestion wear
specially designed rubber gloves for working in electrical equipment. At runtime, according to the
design and working for brush device, the voltage could be changed within 200 to 750 VDC. if
possible, when working in electric collector ring parts, use a hand. If brush component need to be
further installed, use your other hand on insulating rod or flat steel.
(3) Only be used with special provided brush holder and spring. Don't put the constant voltage type
brush and other types of brush.
(4) Brush should be placed vertically on the surface of the collector ring, there is 0.12/0.18
"[3.1/4.6mm] gap central in the brush holder middle measurement. Firmly brush is fixed on the
holder.
5) Before Brush installation, brush holder is vertical placed on the surface of the collector ring.
Any bush holder adjustment would affect the brush and collector ring contact.
(6) the number of installed brush within 24 hours is not more than one collector ring and brush to
25% of the total, so that the brush and slip ring surface grind well.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
16
16/179
16
Department
O&M
Page
17
17/179
2 abnormal phenomenon during operation of brush

A. the most serious problem is the ring fire in the collector. The ring of fire can seriously damage
the slip ring and brush holding device. Good measures can avoid the ring fire by using the correct
maintenance. The ring fire condition is gradually developing. the arc jumping gap increases to the
arc breakage and opening magnetic field circuit, the serious arc jumping sometimes last a few
hours, or even days. The reasons lead to the ring of fire accident, such as the brush wear, spring
installed improperly (or damage), and severe vibration or slip ring contamination.
B The brush holder device inspection and expected brush wear is a function of many variables,
such as brush material, collector ring material, spring pressure, the field current load, cooling air
temperature, collector air channel cleanliness, the number and types of pollution in the air cooling,
slip ring surface, the slip ring, brush the vibration amplitude and polarity frequency, running speed
etc..
C. The excessive vibration of collector will cause vibration, brush arc jumping and ring of fire.
Therefore, it is very important for some special brush monitoring vibration amplitude and frequency.
In general, the collector ring slowly wears a series of peaks and valleys among different brush slide.
If the brush vibration increase excessively, if not corrected, result in the ring of fire.
3 Inspection during generator running or shutdown.
1 daily inspection
Go to daily inspection by the window of housing or housing door.
a. Check the bush spark. If only a brush spark, sometimes can remove the bush
through the additional pressure to the brush . If this is not successful, remove the
support plate and the spring assembly of the electric brush, carefully check whether all
parts is damage, wear or foreign bodies or not.
b. Replace the reached wear limit brush. When the brush top edge gap (located in the
brush side)is in 0.12 to 0.25 inches, the brush should be replaced. Under normal
circumstances, positive brush wear speed is more than negative brush .
C. Check on dust or oil accumulation.
D. checks brushes and spring on vibration
E. check the brush plait,on abrasions,on blue or on burn.
F. checks the hardware without fracture or loosening.
G. check the collector ring surface states no remarkable variation.
H. compared with the previous inspection noise, no obvious increase or change.
I. monitor the generator field temperature , voltage or current collector from the control
room, under similar loading conditions , check no change in temperature rise.
Magnetic temperature readings instability may indicate that the collector ring has jump
arcs signs.
(2)check weekly
Combined with the typical daily check, at least once a week, open the cover shell
doors, sufficiently complete the following check.
notice:
If the conditions is permitted, often open the cover to check , such poor visibility or
quick bush wear.
a. Records the vibration level for each collector ring. Draw the long-term vibration
graph to identify trends and change. Check the brush holder component vibration
level .If vibration is more than the recommended limit, it should be corrected.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
17
17/179
17
Department
O&M
Page
18
18/179
b Check the brush no pit, shipping, grooves or thread on the detached bush from a
collector ring. After that, reinstall the bush and examination the axial position on the
collector ring.
C. check the bush in the bush holder by seeing, make sure that the bush not hang in
the bush holder , if not sure the bush position , disconnect the bush one by one ,
check the bush is good, then reinstall the bush.
D. check clean air filter pipe is clean, also check the air filte not blocked.
4 EX2100 excitation control system
1system brief introduction
In #1#2 gas turbine, the excitation power is from the excitation transformer which is installed
after generator outlet CB. In #3 steam turbine, the excitation power is from the excitation
transformer which is installed before generator outlet CB. Stator current and output voltage is the
main feedback to excitation device, the DC voltage and current output to the controlled variable of
generator winding.
Control of excitation system is composed of SCR (semiconductor controlled rectifier) and phase
control rectifier circuit. The trigger signal SCR is generated by the controller of digital regulator. In
the redundant control options , M1 or M2 can be as the main controller and C can be in monitoring
the two main controller, decide that one should be the main controller work, and the other is
backup. Two independent trigger circuit and automatic tracking using ensure the smooth switching
between main and backup controller
EX20100 hardward contain the following three cabinets:
Control cabinet is used for control, communication and I/O board.
The auxiliary cabinet is used for start excitation , protection circuit (field suppression and
shaft voltage restrain )
Power rectifier cabinet is used for SCR element , cooling fan, DC contactor and AC
isolator.
Power converter excitation device is composed of a bridge rectifier, a resistance capacitance
filter and the control loop. The element and a rectifier bridge size change with the different
excitation system and required different output power.
The following picture is the single line diagram of simplified excitation device, it show that the
power, voltage and current measurement, control module, power module (PCM), and the
protection circuit. In the power system, PPT (power rectifier transformer) secordary side received a
three-phase full wave inverse thyristor rectifier bridge. Reversible rectifier can provide forward and
reverse force voltage in order to obtain the optimum performance. For load shedding and
demagnetization, reverse force voltage provides fast response.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
18
18/179
18
Department
O&M
Page
19
19/179
2 technical characteristic
EX2100 characteristic
power setting module(PCM)
single rated value
parallel rated value
force excitation request
Power rectifying module (PCM)power
supply
Power rectifying power frequency
start excitation power supply
Control power
explain
DC 8000A , AC 1500V.at most 6 rectifying
bridge.
Force excitation 30 sec under 40 and 150%
design.
generator terminal
recombination power
600 or 1000V
3251KVA 3251KVA(1000V)
Three phase 50/60Hz
DC 220 current, the max 200A,continue 10sec
AC 240 or 480V ,auxiliary power
Two AC, or one AC and the other DC
15% rated AC, DC 220V, the max DC current
10.6A
3Excitation device hardware

HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
19
19/179
19
Department
O&M
Page
20
20/179
EX2100 excitation device is composed of the following basic components

power rectifier module (PCM) and cooling fan
power rectifier transformer (PPT) ( the excitation device installment is sperate )
line voltage filter
shaft voltage suppressor
demagnetization module
diagnosis interface (Keypad)
controller and I/O plate
control power supply
Power rectifying cabinet
Power rectifier cabinet comprises a power rectifier module (PCM), the trigger pulse amplifier board
(EGPA), three-phase power(PCM) from the excitation device external PPT. AC power supply is
through three phase voltage filter in the cabinet.
manual AC switch
Manual AC switch device is installed between PPT secondary side and static excitation device. It
is a casting box, three-phase, non automatic switch. It is a kind of isolation device with no load
operation.
Power rectifying module (PCM)
The excitation device PCM comprises a bridge rectifier, the DC arm fuse, thyristor protection circuit
(for example: buffer, filter and fuse) and arm inductance coil. In accordance with the requirements of the
output power, rectifier bridge rating is different; the components are also different.
bridge rectifier
Each bridge rectifier is three-phase full wave thyristor, the bridge has 6 SCR (thyristor), as
shown in Figure 3-2, and SCR is controlled by the trigger pulse amplifier board of excitation device
(EGPA). The heat is cooled by the large aluminum cooler, discharge by the top of strong fan
bridge inductance coil and element buffer
The commutation inductance coil is mounted in the AC input SCR bridge arm, line- line
buffers and line inductance coil together accomplish the following functions, prevent the
misoperation of SCR.
Limit the current through the change rate of SCR, buffer conducting current.
Limit voltage change rate of SCR, in the element commutation process, limiting reverse voltage
appears in the component.
SCR buffer includes a PRV resistor, limit the peak reverse voltage. If necessary, these
resistors can be removed.
The three-phase input power is from the secondary side of the PPT, can directly be connected to
SCR by an AC circuit breaker or contactor and a group of line voltage filter. Due to the reversible
bridge design, bridge rectifier can provide reverse force voltage, which provides fast response for
load shedding and deexcitation. DC current output of rectifier bridge is through a divider, in some
designs through a contactor (41A or 41A and 41B both), connect the generator field winding. Fuse
is used for protect SCR for overcurrent harm.
Shunt
DC shunt provides feedback signal of bridge rectifier output current, the mV output signal is
input to a differential amplifier EDCF board. The amplifier output voltage controlled oscillator
frequency, it produces a signal to the control module through the optical fiber. The feedback signal
of rectifier bridge output voltage is produced by the same method.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
20
20/179
20
Department
O&M
Page
21
21/179
3-2
Trigger amplifier (EGPA)
EGPA board relate with the power rectifier bridge. EGPA from the ESEL board controller get the
breakover command, on 6 SCR (silicon controlled rectifier) trigger pulse. It is also feedback of the
conduction current ,it is also interface of rectifier bridge ventilation and temperature monitoring
signal.
In the new excitation device, use RTD instead of Klixon switch for monitoring temperature. When the
temoerature reach the alarm level in temperature (170F or 76 ), a temperature switch open, when
the temperature reaches a trip level (1900F or 87 ), another opens. The two switches are
connected to the EGPA board, when a switch is opened, a bridge over temperature alarm. If the two
switches, a failure and tripping signal is coming.
Cooling fan
SCR bridge rectifier adopts forced air cooling. According to the rectifier bridge ratings and
redundancy requirements, use two to six fan. These fans are single-phase 115V AC power supply
provided by the user. In a redundant applications, replace the running fan in the excitation device
operation.
Axiliary cabinet
The auxiliary cabinet arranged beside the power rectifier, it contains generator protection module
and provides a DC power supply. AC power supply filter, demagnetization, shaft voltage
suppression, excitation module are installed in the cabinet.
EDEXfield suppression module
In the shutdown process, stored energy of in the generator field must be dissipated. In the
normal shutdown, shutdown is operated by the operating personnel. Bridge rectifier is triggered in
the delay limit conditions, before excitation contactor is open, there is enough time for the
excitation current decay. In the abnormal shutdown (trip) process, excitation contactor is
disconnected immediately. Stored in the magnetic field energy must be dissipated through other
means
SCR field suppreesion module(EDEX)
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
21
21/179
21
Department
O&M
Page
22
22/179
In order to meet the fast demagnetization requirements, the device provides a SCR
demagnetization module. In the EDEX module, provide a pathway triggered by SCR, let the
excitation current by magnetic field discharge resistor (or inductive magnetic energy) consumption.
The magnetic module has two independent trigger control circuit, each control loop is
activated by the parallel of bridge rectifier auxiliary contact and auxiliary contact of excitation
contactor running state. These loops in any one can trigger the demagnetization of SCR .For the
excitation system of large exciting current, magnetic modules can be connected in parallel.
shaft voltage suppressor
The AC voltage is changed into DC voltage by the static rectifier excitation system of, produce
ripple and peak voltage in the excitation device. Due to the rapid rise and their fast decay, the
voltage from the excitation winding is coupled to the rotor, this form a voltage between the axis
and the earth. If not effectively control in shaft voltage, cause damage to the shaft and bearing.
Shaft voltage suppressor is a filter, which the high-frequency voltage conducts into the ground.
Start excitation module
The excitation system has a start excitation module. It provides the initial excitation current
and the establishment of the generator voltage. In the generator starting the program, if the DC
starting system, provide the no-load excitation current about 10%-15%. If the AC starting
excitation, the AC power supply is through a isolated transformer.
EXAMEGDMexcitation circuit earth detector
Generator excitation winding is insulation to ground. One point grounding in general will not
damage the rotor. However two or more point grounding will cause magnetic and thermal
imbalance and local overheating. This will damage the rotor forgings or other metal parts.
Excitation loop grounding detector is the function of detect grounding point in the excitation
system.
4Excitation device software
The excitation device software download and configurate from the toolbox (Toolbox), and
exists in the controller. Software in the screen of the toolbox connects function block signal flow
represented. The current and voltage of generator excitation and stator are measured, and input to
the control system. In normal operation, is the choice of AC regulator..
From the PT (voltage transformer) and CT (current transformer) , the generator voltage and
current is connected to the EPCT board, EPCT board's task is to isolate and specifications of the
signal. The adjusted signal is sent to the controller. Software transform algorithm using these
signals to calculate the system variables, for the use of regulator, limiter and protecting function.
The output of this software includes the following.
Voltage amplitude and frequce from generator PT
Current amplitude from generator CT
Generator power
Generator reative (VARs), Q
Calculate the rotor speed changes from the acceleration power, it is used as a power system
stabilizer (PSS) optional input.
Generator active and inactive current
Generator flux (V/HZ) value.
The voltage from the line PT.
The frequecny from the line frequency
the phase relationship between generator and transmission line PT the generator and line.
The output of the control software is triggering command, which is sent to the bridge rectifier to produce
the excitation current. Each function block function will be presented in the following.
According to the parameters and conditions, The AUTO REF function block automatic voltage
regulator (AVR) generate an automated (or automatic control AC) setting value. The input to the
AUTO REF Raise/Lower (up / down) and other equipment from high speed data online, such as
steam turbine control. The rate of change of the integrator will generate the setting value of output
in a predetermined limits. The setting value and other auxiliary WXASP function in the stability and
protection signals are combined, the formation of AVR function block reference value.
AVR setting EXASP
EXASP is a comprehensive function block, generatr AVR setting (reference input) and
tracking value.,and then go to AVR function block, EXASP input is as following.
Stable signal from PSS function block
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
22
22/179
22
Department
O&M
Page
23
23/179
Output from AUTO REF function block

External testing signal
Protection signal from UEL function block
Reactive current input(feederback)
Frequency input(feeder((feederback))
Automatic voltage regulation-AVR
AVR function block keep generator teminal voltage stable, its setting is from EXASP, its
feedback is generator teminal voltage, its difference send proportion integral regulator, then
regulator generate a output signal. When AVR put into service , AVR output is to FVR directly .
Manual referenceMANUAL REF
According to parameter and site conditions, MANUAL REF block generate manual setting for
FVR or FCR and input raising ro reducing message into MANUAL REF. which come from the other
controller, such aa turbine control.
Excitation voltage and excitation current regulation FVRFCR
Excitation voltage regulator (FVR) is a typical manual regulator and uses the generator
excitation voltage as a feedback input. Although FVR does allow the excitation current as a
function of excitation winding resistance varies, but the FVR is completely independent of over
excitation limiter. FVR adopts the generator excitation voltage as a feedback; the setting value is
from the MANUAL REF function block. Integral terminal restricted PI (proportional plus integral)
controller generates the output. , In AVR mode, the output of the AVR without any conditions
directly goes to the output of the FVR. In the generator operation the internal excitation voltage
regulator loop, such as compound and some high ceiling voltage excitation, FVR get the setting
value either from the AVR or from the MANUAL RER. .
Excitation current regulator (FCR) is a special manual adjustment, and uses the generator
excitation current as a feedback input. Excpt for stable operation within the generator capacity,
FCR generally supply instantaneous strong excitation ability between the high and low limit switch.
Under normal circumstances the setting value is larger than expected excitation current , and the
integral predetermined value is optional. The output of the FCR is maintained at the top value until
enable (possible values) into true (actual value), which makes the output following the P+I
(proportional integral) controller. The trigger command bridge rectifier is a small eithor FVR or FCR
output. When the field winding temperature changes, to maintain a constant excitation current ,
manual regulator FCR is not standard.
low excitation limiterUEL
The UEL function block is a kind of auxiliary control, to limit the automatic voltage regulator at
low excitation to reduce the reactive current (or reactive power). UEL prevents stability limit which
is reduced to more than a small signal or stator core temninal heating limit level the excitation
current of the generator. UEL is composed of the given value part and the adjusting part, two key
input is the generator terminal voltage and active power.
Power system stabilizerPSS
The PSS function block provides an additional input for automatic regulator, improve power
system dynamic performance. There are many different quantities that can be used as PSS inputs,
such as the generator shaft speed, frequency, power, synchronous motor acceleration power, or
above some combination . PSS is the use of multiple input, it adopts synchronous motor electric
power and the internal frequency (which is similar to the generator rotor speed), in order to get a
proportional to rotor speed signal generator. It is composed of acceleration power of the signal,
and the torsional vibration attenuating. The input signal is measured by generator teminal signal ,
does not need the generator shaft rotational speed transducer. It does not need any external
additional hardware.
5control cablinet
The control cabinet comprises a keyboard control frame, control power distribution module, the
control cabinet and power supply, I/O terminal board.
In situ keyboard: start / stop command, regulator switching commands and regulator to activate
commands can be issued from the keyboard, the keyboard also comprises a meter display,
indicating the state of the system (such as MW and MVAR ), excitation current and excitation
voltage regulator, and the balance. Diagnostic is displayed, such as maintentance and
troubleshooting information system.
control modul
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
23
23/179
23
Department
O&M
Page
24
24/179
The control module is a VME frame, which can be connected to board I/O terminal board for
cable. Compared with M1, M2 and C three controller, the frame is divided into three independent
power supply area. Each controller is composed of the control and the I/O processing board. If the
frame only consists of a M1 controller, it is a simple control system; if the frame including M1, M2,
C all three controllers, it is redundant control system.
the control board and I/O processor board
Application Control Layer Module based on microprocessor, ACLA (application control level
module) controller has a LAN Ethernet port.
Digital Signal Processor based on microprocessor, is called DSPX controller (digital signal
processor).
Excitation device IS bus board (EISB) is used for optical fiber communication between the
bridge rectifier feedback board for
The excitation device main plate I/O (EMIO) controls the control relay, and triggers the
command to the ESEL board.
Exciter Selector Board (excitation device selection board) ESEL, distribution trigger from the
main controller to the EGPA board.
button usage
The keyboard comprises a touch type button,that is used for numerical and control excitation
device , menu Navigation (menu navigation) and Exciter Control (excitation device control)
button.
Table 3-1 Navigation

button
function
Display default status screen, it use digtal or bar graph to display
8 parameter,health cion provide excitation device statas
message.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
24
24/179
24
Department
O&M
25
Page
25/179
If press on menu screen(Menu selection), display main menu. If

press on displaying status screen, display the latest menu. If
press it on screen contiuouly , use up, down arrow to ajust
screen s contrast.
Menu Navigation : use choicing menu one item.
If pres Menu contiuouly , ajust screen contast.
Input digital parameter : when edit one parameter, refer to 0
9etc.
Input optional parameter: refer to 1-n item choice.
Menu Navigation: press right button to display the next menu.,
press left buttion to display the old menu.
Input parameter: if edit one parameter, use to choice digital.
Input optional parameter or executive command: no function .
Menu Navigation : display the old menu on the menu.
Input parameter : display parameter.
Menu Navigation : display the next menu on the menu
Input parameter: accept editing parameter.
button
fuction
Table 3-1 Exciter
Control button
reset fault
rapidly access comon comand
Choice auto mode (FAR ro AVR)

Choice manual mode( FAR or FVR)
Increase voltage : VAR and PF

Decrease voltage :VAR and PF
running
stop
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
25
25/179
25
Department
O&M
26
Page
26/179
display screen reading

Status
Text and graphics display information by key board. It has two kinds of forms of the screen
contents, by pressing the corresponding navigation button , statuts and menu to select.
Status screen (Figure 3-5) is the default screen after the excitation device power on. It
adopts analog meter and the corresponding text to display the running parameters of the
excitation device. access other status screen . (see Status screen)
Table 3-5 Stautus panel

Menu screen (Figure 3-6) provide based menu, the adjustment parameters, operation
guide, and viewing the fault (see menu and select) access list.
Table 3-6 Menu panel

Excitation device Health and State icon continuously display on the display screen on the right
side. They show that the excitation device function and its running state is normal or not. These
icons are shown below, are displayed in 5 functional groups.
If need, change the display unit and display contrast.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
26
26/179
26
Department
O&M
Page
27
27/179
Table 3-2 excitation device Health andStateicon

function
icon
indication
explaining
group
Heart beat
COM normal
Activities of the line (the center of it is up
and down) indicates the existence of a
communication between the keyboard
and the excitation device.
Icon indicates the keyboard is trying to
COM abnormal
establish communication with the
excitation device, but not yet established.
Control
auto mode
ajust generator terminal voltage
Manual mode
ajust exictation
Excitation device is a diagnostic test
test mode
Excitation device
OK
abnormal
Fault State
Status
Alarm
When no display mark, Excitatioin device

is normal.
When the parameter be exceeded, icon
display
When alarm is coming , icon display.
trip
When fault is coming ,icon dispaly
stop
excitation device can be stopped to run.
runuing
excitation device is running
limit
Exicitation voltage is more than excitation

current or V/HZ limiter and UEL limiter
action.
Excitation device off-line
Excitation device on-line.
off-line
on-line
change displaying unit
The unit of measurement is to change the display type
1, from the main menu, select General Setup

2, select the Display Units (display unit)
3, select the display unit parameters and edit (see below)
4, highlight, and then select the display unit applicable
adjustment display contrast

adjustment display contrast
1, from the main menu, select General Setup
2, then select
A, Keypad
B, Keypad Function
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
27
27/179
27
Department
O&M
28
Page
28/179
C, Adjust Screen Contrast

The following screen display
3, press the Escape button, save the contrast values, and return to the previous menu.
Screen panel
Status screen display up to 8 variables (parameters). The first two parameters is based on
display the text and analog meter . Table 3-3 provides bar graph properties of these
parameters.
meter reading
When a variable is greater than +100% or less than -100%, the bar chart expressed as
Over Range . Over range mark use bar charts line representing in +100% and -100% .
table 3-3 The status screen analog meter characteristics (default)

bar chart
digital dispaly
unit of bar chart
variable
DC bus VOL
DC bus VOL amplitude(FVR
DC VOL pu value percentageV DCAC current
feeder)
PU
AC current amplitudeI-Mag- AC Max current percentage
Fil
Screen stauts switch I/O display
The keyboard has a Alternate status screen, it is used to display the general input and
output state. To switch between the main status screen and I/O screen, press any of the
arrow button.
every grade of circle indicates the corresponding I/O point state, as shown below:
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
28
28/179
28
Department
O&M
29
Page
29/179
menu usage
Enter from the keyboard to the main menu screen to the other menu screen, on the menu screen,
examine and modify data.
You can access the main menu from any screen, its operation is as follows
in the menu screen, press the Menu button (menu)

In status screen , press the Meun button one time ro two times
notice :different product has different menu choice.

Using the Navigation (guide) button, select the item in a menu, move and adjust the
value:
Press UP or DOWN arrow button ,light and move between meum
Press Enter button, select a light item.
Return to previous meum, press Escape button, left arrow button or operation guidance
a meum content is more than a screen.
Light at the end of screen, press DOWN arrow, return to the next page.
If reach the end of meum, press DOWN arrow, return to the first page.
review fault and reset
When the screen indicating a trip or an alarm event (see screen reading), you can access
information and reset (remove) the current fault, its operation is as follows:
a
Select Fault List from the main menu (fault list), then select Display Active Faults (display an
existing fault). The following screen will be displayed.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
29
29/179
29
Department
O&M
Page
30
30/179
Refer to a specific detail, select the fault (listed in the Active Fault Display screen).
displaying is as follows.
b Use below two mothods to reset fault signal.

Choice Reset Fault now
Press Reset Fault button
Fault history is to consult the excitation device (a previously cleared fault and fault
reset records)
Choice Fault List from the main menu (fault list), then select Display
Fault History (display fault history)
6Exictation system operation provision

A. microcomputer excitation regulator (AVR) has the following functions:
A.terminal voltage regulator is usd for PID controller in automatic mode.
b. excitation current is used for PI controller in manual mode.
c. inactive / active current phase compensation;
d. maximum current limiter;
e. maximum excitation stator current limit;
f. minimum excitation current limit;
g.V/HZ limits;
h. automatic manual tracking control;
i. constant power factor cos or constant power free (Q) regulator;
j. excitation time monitoring function;
k. loss of excitation protection;
l. rectifier temperature monitoring and protection;
m.thyristor breakover condition monitoring;
n. main power supply voltage monitor;
0. auxiliary power supply voltage monitor;
p.PT breaking;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
30
30/179
30
Department
O&M
31
Page
31/179
q. power on self test;

r. program watchdog;
s. fault reco
B.UNITROL-F series microcomputer AVR shall meet the following technical indicators
a. I/O interface provides 16 digital input channels and 18 road, also provides 2 analog input,
output channel.
b. pressure range is 1% ~ 130%.
c. voltage regulation accuracy is less than 0.5%.
d. the response time of AVR 20ms.
E.communication use RS485, baud rate is 9600bps in the local control panel
operation instructions
For EX2100 series microcomputer AVR device, many commands is using the local control and remote
control. Operating instructions and return signal
control order(button or contact)
Sigal indication
Excitation ON
excitation light on
Excitation OFF
excitation light off
AUTO ON
auto mode light on
MAN ON
manual mode light on
RAISE
setting max light on
LOWER
setting min light on
IMPACT ON
Constant Q/costant Var mode light

on
(IMPACT OFF)
Constant Q/costant Var mode light

off
a. excitation on /off
Press excitation on button to start excitation equipment, and then increase the excitation to
make the generator voltage up to the rated value.
Press excitation off button to stop excitation equipment,normal operation procedure : Excitation
system is entering SCR inverter mode, make generator field suppression. After delay 60S ,close
thyristor trigger pulse, if the parameter RELEASE FCB OFF is set to YES (1), at the same time FCB
are opened automatically.
b. auto mode and manual mode
The automatic mode is the regulation of the generator terminal voltage constant, while the manual
mode is to maintain a constant excitation current. The two kinds of operation mode can be switched by
the automatic mode and manual mode button button.
when the automatic mode of operation fail, automatically switch to manual mode of operation, only
switch back to the automatic mode operation after fault elimination . In order to ensure no impact
switch, AVR is equipped with automatic tracking function, when allowed light (READY FOR CHANNEL
SELECTION) is on, ensure switching operation is no impact.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
31
31/179
31
Department
O&M
Page
45/179
The manual mode is used as a standby operation mode; it is used mainly in the
equipment debugging, maintenance and fault, so required by the training of operating
personnel to manage. In the manual operation mode, low excitation limit and V/HZ limit
still play a role.
C. constant COS /Var input / quit
When the excitation system is in automatic mode and generator is connected to
power grid, choice putin or quit the constant power factor / constant reactive
power mode, which change the parameter settings by maintenance personnel.
D. increas excitation / decrease excitation button in the automatic mode, the
manual mode, constant power factor mode and constant reactive mode can be
used to change the set value.
A) In automatic mode
Increasing excitation / decreasing excitation command is used to regulate the
generator voltage setting value, change the terminal voltage on no-load operation and
change reactive power on load operation. The various limiters will play a role in the
protection of generator. When adjusting the settings to upper and lower limit, adjustment
operation is invalid; the corresponding limit indicator light is on.
1b) in munnal mode
Increasing excitation / decreasing excitation command also change voltage
generator on no-load operation and change reactive power on load operation, but the
operating personnel must ensure the adjustment operation shall not exceed rated values
of generator, because the available limiter may be invalid in the manual mode . When
adjusting the setting value is up to upper and lower limit, limit is no longer invaild, the
corresponding indicating lamp light. When the generator main CB is open, start the
excitation regulator to automatically set the excitation current for no-load exciting current
If0.
e) Trip command: when an internal fault occurs (such as generator protection),
automatic cut off excitation system, at the same time trip demagnetisation CB.
state and alarm message
Operation Procedure of ST
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
FLELD BREAKER ON
FIELD BREAKER OFF
LOCAL
LIMITER ACTIVE ,OVEREXCITED
LIMITER ACTIVE, UNDEREXITED
ALARM MESSAGTE
READY FOR CHANNEL SELECTION
Page
46/179
E . Safety operaton consideration matters

A) After debugging work is complete;
B) According to the maintenance plan for equipment maintenance
regularly;
C) If any faults ocurrs, contact the maintenance personnel to deal;
D) All adjusted parameters must be checked and tested by the
maintenance personnel, then be put into operation.
E) AVR is in the automatic mode normally.
F) Normally each bridge rectifier has a group of fan operation, if the wind
pressure is low, switch to another group , at the same time alarm is
sent.
G) during normal operation, the environment temperature should not
exceed 42 . when the bridge rectifier temperature reach 52 , alarm
is sent and limit the excitation current;when the temperature is up to 76
, trip the rectifier bridge .
H) during normal operation, in order to prevent the bridge rectifier
temperature too high , the maintenance personnel regularly clean fan
filter monthly not less than two times, if in the poor environmental
conditions, clean fan filter once a week.
I) especially during the overhaul, prevent AVR loss the program because
of long time power failure.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
46/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
47/179
J) When terminal voltage is rated voltage, force excitation peak voltage

and current reach up to 2 times of the rating, namely 604V, 5020A;
force excitation allows for 20 seconds.
K) Normally use residual voltage excitation. In the proecess of the
excitation, the silicon controlled rectifier input voltage as 10V-20V can
work normally. if the voltage is lower than 10V-20V, silicon controlled
rectifier will be constantly triggered (diode operation mode), after the
specified value is reached, switch to the normal way. If in a few seconds
residual voltage excitations fail, you should start standby excitation loop.
On the generator terminal voltage reaches 30% of the rating, when the
standby excitiation circuit automatically exits, the soft excitation will be
started to build voltage to a predetermined voltage level; the excitation
voltage and sequence control is realized by AVR software.
L) Excitation regulator has the function of automatic tracking, switching is
without disturbance between automatic and manual switch, check reactive
power no fluctuation.
F. Excitation system inspecton and maintenance.
a. inspection before input
* All maintenance ticket of excitation system has been terminated, equipment acceptance
inspection has been comleted, then transfer to the operation and put into operation;
* Temporary safety measures on excitation system has been dismantled and recover
* Control power of demagnetisation switch and regulator is normal
* Excitation system on alarm and fault signals
* Excitation system switch to automatic mode
* Under generator no-load condition, all input and output parameters of the excitation
device is normal
* Check excitation systme be put into operation after the control cabinet door shut.
* Excitation system equipment isclean and in good condition, the connection is firm, no
short circuit and grounding phenomenon.
* the slip ring sealing cover, the sealing door and peep hole are intact
* The brush holder, brush brush and slip ring of grounding detection device is intact,
contact should be good; carbon brush is not too short and jam phenomenon, consistent
with the operating conditions
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
47/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
48/179
* After generator constant speed, checking the no-load output voltage is normal
* each parts of excitation transformer is intact, in accordance with the running conditions
The generator slip ring and the brush braid is intact and good contact, copper braid is
arranged neatly
b. Inspections check
* Limiter is without action signal;
* Excitation current, voltage and reactive power is stable,
Excitation cabinet inspection is normal:
* Excitation device is no any alarm signal and no abnormal noise, the meter display
normal;
* Excitation device in the automatic mode
* check the regulator cabinet, rectifier, arc lamps, cabinet indicating switch, switch , the
running state of device and the switching channel indication is no fault, no alarm and
other phenomena;
* fuse temperature of regulating cabinet is less than 80 , the cooling fan is operating
normally, the control panel is no alarm.
* During the operation of excitation device , it is strictly prohibited to open the doors,when
the excitation is put into standy, check excitation device door close.
* Ventilation was no abnormal noise and smell;
* Air conditioning in excitation chamber is normal;
C. excitation transformer and slip bush inspenction
* Excitation transformer operation is normal, no abnormal sound;
* check the excitation transformer temperature detector in normal operation, temperature
display normally;
* check whether the operation of the cooling fan is normal or not, put control into
automatic condition (100 start, 80 stop);
* check the excitation transformer temperature is not higher than 100 , when reaching
110 , temperature high alarm is coming.
* check the temperature of the slip ring, brush the intact, slip ring and brush is normal, no
overheating and other abnormal phenomenon, copper braid is arranged in neat rows,
joint is without overheating.
G generator operation regulation
G.1 the regulation about generator rated operation .
G.1.1 In accordance with the provisions of generator manufacturer nameplate data ,
called the rated operating mode, in this mode, generator can be long-term continuous
operation.
G.1.2 generator is not allowed to run with air cooling.
G.1.3 generator neutral grounding switch must be closed and locked.
G.1.4 generator does not allow running without excitation.
G.1.5 after a new installation or maintenance for generator , the insulation, protection and
automatic device must pass the test, then generator can be put into operation.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
48/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
49/179
G.1.6 after a new installation or maintenance for generator, if the protection test and air
tightness test is unqualified , it is strictly prohibited to put generators into operation.
G.1.7 after generator connect to power grid , taking the load or increase or decrease the
load can be adjusted according to shift-operator command , on the base of the dispatcher
issued load curves, shift-operator adjust power load.
G.1.8 After generator connect to power grid, stator current can take 50% of rated
current. The speed of up to the rated current should be uniform, the time is not less than
1 hours. When the unit is in standby state or fault condition, stator and rotor current
increasing rate is not restricted. The generator take load speed rate depends on the gas
turbine running state.
G.1.10 in the process of increasing load, strengthen the generator, the exciter coil, iron
core, coil, excitation transformer, iron core ,the generator inlet or outlet air temperature,
the slip ring and brush monitoring.
G.1.11 the vibration (bidirectional amplitude) of generator vertical and the level direction
is not more than 0.03 mm, the axial is not more than 0.038 mm, the bearing vibration
should not exceed 0.1 mm, if exceed the above value, promptly report shift-operator,
notify the professional engineer and maintenance personnel, check the vibration reasons
and eliminate it.
Adjust reactive power according to shift-operator command, according to reactive
power curve, which the dispatch issue. Because the power grid has idle reactive to make
voltage high, adjusting reactive power of generator phase lag operation is invalid, report
shift-operator and the dispatcher , according to shift-operator command ,generator
reactive power is from phase lag operation to phase lead operation, adjust the voltage
curve within the prescribed scope, the specific implementation according to "the
generator phase advance operation regulations" implementation.
G.2 Temperature and pressure provision of generator rated operation mode.
G.2.1 Provisions of the generator and excitation temperature
1), generator inlet air rated temperature 46 , inlet air minimum temperature 40 ,
inlet air maximum at 48 , relative hydrogen humidity is not more than 0.2g /m3. the
generator inlet air temperature minimum is not less than 40 degrees to prevent
condensation, when the inlet air temperature over 46 , generator load should be
reduced accordingly.
Unit parameter value is shown in the table below.
The generator inlet air temperature and load current comparison table
inlet air temperature
40
46
48
50
53
A load current
13058
12432
12059
11561
10815
Increase and decrease ratio
+5.04
3.0
7.0
13.0
2), The range of generators inlet air temperature is 46 48 , when increase 1 ,

stator current permissible value is less than 1.5% of the rating., when increase 1 in
48 ~ 50 , stator current permissible value is less than 2% of the rating. In 50 ~ 53 ,
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
49/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
50/179
when increase is 1 , stator current permissible value is less than 3% of the rating.
When the generator inlet air temperature was 40 , stator current can be increased to
13058A, if the inlet air temperature continue to decreases, the current value will not
increase. When the temperature exceeds 46 , monitor the temperature of each part of
generator shall not exceed the specified value.
3) Generator hydrogen cooling rated temperature is 46 , the minimum temperature is
40 .When local hydrogen cooler outages, cold hydrogen allowed the maximum
temperature is 48 , cold hydrogen temperature alarm temperature is 50 . The outlet
temperature between hydrogen cooler interaction should be balanced in the run, in any
case air temperature difference should not exceed 2 .
G.2.2 On generator full load operation, the temperature on the CRT monitors does not
exceed the following values:
1)inlet air temperature of the generator stator windings is not higher than 46 ,
monitoring temperature rise is not more than 84 , the maximum allowable temperature
does not exceed 130 .
2), the generator stator core inlet temperature is not more than 46 , monitoring
temperature rise is not more than74 , the maximum allowable temperature does not
exceed 120 .
3), the generator rotor inlet temperature is not more than 46 , monitoring temperature
rise is not more than 64 , the maximum allowable temperature does not exceed 110
.
4), the hydrogen cooler inlet temperature should be maintained at 15 35 ,ensure
cooled hydrogen temperature 46 . Hydrogen dryer should always put into operation.
5) Hydrogen cooler water pressure shall not exceed 0.8Mpa. Hydrogen cooler water
temperatures generally does not allow more than 35 . If more than 35 , the
generator hydrogen cold temperature and the core temperature does not exceed the
specified value, allow to take full load. At this time, strengthen the generator hydrogen
cold temperature and the core temperature monitoring.
6) The hydrogen pressure is 0.31Mpa, the power factor is 0.85, the unit is under the
rated conditions, if 1/4 hydrogen cooler exit operation (not at the same corner), allow to
take 80% load, if exit operation ( at the same corner), allow to take 60% load.
7) Rated air inlet temperature of excitation slip is 45 , the minimum inlet temperature is
40 , the max inlet air temperature is less than 50 . The slip cover temperature is
higher than the ambient temperature of 5.5 11 so as to prevent cover
condensation, maintain the relative humidity is less than 30%, bearing temperature is
less than 90
3)The surface of generator slip is not more than 100
G.2.3 operation regulations for the generator voltage, current, frequency and power
factor :
1) Generator stator voltage allowed value changes range is 5%. The power factor is
rated and its rated capacity is unchanged, when the generator voltage is lower than 95%
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
50/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
51/179
of the rated value, the stator current long-term permissible value shall not exceed 105%
of the rated value.
2) Generator stator highest voltage may not exceed 110% of the rated voltage, the lowest
voltage should generally not be less than 90% of the rated voltage, meet the voltage
requirements of power plant.
3) Generator normal operating frequency should be maintained at 50HZ, the permissible
value is in the range of 0.2HZ, at that time generator continue to run at rated capacity.
Frequency changes, stator current, excitation current and temperature in each part shall
not exceed the limit value.
4) At rated load, generator power factor is 0.85; the AVR device is in automatic mode,
power factor is allowed to run in the phase lag 0.95 for a long time.
5) When generator is under overload operation, generator power factor shall be not less
than 0.9, stator current and rotor current does not exceed the rated value, the excitation
voltage is more 16 V than the rated voltage .
6) On generator normal operation, three phase stator current should be equal. When the
three-phase current is unbalance, each phase current difference should not exceed 10%
of the rated value, and the current of each phase shall not be greater than the rated value
G.3 generation special operation mode
G.3.1 The generation leading phase operation provision:
1) Generator leading phase operation should be based on reactive power curve or
command by dispatcher .
2) On Generator leading phase operation, especially closely monitor the generator stator
winding and core terminal, teeth, yoke structure temperature and other parts of changes
in temperature, the temperature must not exceed the prescribed value.
3) On generator leading phase operation, monitor 6.6KV voltage change, ensure safe
and reliable operation of the system in 6KV plant system. bus voltage has been reduced
to 6.0KV in the 6KV plant , but has not reached the depth limit of generator leading phase
operation conditions, the unit improve 6.6KV bus voltage by transformer OLTC, enhance
generator leading phase operation depth, so as to meet the needs of the grid voltage
adjustment; at the same time, maintain 6.6KV, 400V busbar voltage in the normal range;
the unit no longer deepened generator leading phase depth operation, maintain this
operation, timely report to the relevant leaders shift-operator, and dispatcher .
4) On generator leading phase operation, when switching over in 6.6KV service power ,
monitor the 6.6KV standby power supply voltage be consistent with working power
supply , ensure 6.6KV service power switch over safety.
5) In the process of generator leading phase operation, abnormal phenomenon should be
stopped immediately and report the relevant departments, inform maintenance personnel
to check and eliminate it.
6) Record the leading phase operation start time, end time, the temperature changes,
6.6KV service voltage changes.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
51/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
52/179
7) Microcomputer excitation regulator is set for low excitation limit curve and the
corresponding low excitation protection line. Power factor, temperature in each
department of generation shall meet the conditions according to the actual ability of
generator leading phase voltage .
8) under normal circumstances ,the depth limits of generator leading phase operation is
set in the scope of low excitation limit curve and low excitation operation line; when active
load reach rated value, generator leading phase operation depth is keeping in the scope
of -40MVar , the stator current should not exceed the rated current, power factor COS
> 0.98 (lead). When the generator taking active load < rated load, can enhance the
leading phase operation of depth, but must meet 1.2.19
generator leading phase operation depth adjustment should meet the following four
conditions:
(1) Meet the low excitation limit curve setting range;
(2) Meet 6.6KV service power is not less than 95% of rated voltage (6.6KV) limits;
(3) Meet power factor range is between 100% and 95%;
(4) Satisfy the generator each point temperature does not exceed the specified value.
10) changing the established low excitation limit operation curve, must be approved by
the chief engineer , then low excitation limit curve setting changes can be adjusted, the
work required a detailed log ,then hand over to operator .
G.3.2 Generator peak load regulation operation mode:
1) Unit has peak load regulation ability, normal operation can be implemented according
to the needs of power grid peak operation load adjustment.
2) On unit peak load operation, operators can perform the active load curve, which is
received from the dispatcher.
3) On unit peak load operation, closely monitor the generator stator winding and core
end, teeth, yoke structure temperature and other parts of the temperature change, timely
adjust the generator air temperature according to the load change, seal oil temperature is
with the specified value.
3) Unit peak load rising, reducing the load should be carried out slowly, ascending and
descending load shall be not more than 3MW/min.
4) Each peaking load operation should be recorded.
G.3.3 The provisions of primary frequency control operation mode:
1) The dispatcher is in charge of unit primary frequency regulation function, shift-operator
should strictly perform the command in accordance with the requirements of the grid
2) shift-operator completes unit primary frequency regulation command, timely report the
relevant leader and the dispatcher, and then make a record.
3) Before primary frequency regulation function is in service, shift-operator should contact
C&I engineer to check the relevant parameters that meet the grid on primary frequency
regulation technology requirements, before it can be put into. Technical parameter
requirements are as follows:
1) dead area: controlled in 0.033Hz ( 2r/min), namely: 50.033 Hz 49.967 Hz.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
52/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
53/179
(2) speed diversity factor: 4% 5%

(3) the maximum load adjustment limit: according to the rated output of 6% limiter.
(4) speed regulating system delay rate: less than 0.06%.
(5) use scope: units output range , when the unit output reach the upper or lower, unit
should no longer perform primary frequency regulation function .
the response behavior
1) When the grid frequency variation reach primary frequency operate value, the unit load
change time is required for an load response lag time, less than 3 seconds.
2) When the grid frequency variation exceed the primary frequency dead time , the unit
should response the target output in 15 seconds .
3) when the grid frequency variation exceed the primary frequency dead time , unit
output and unit response target deviation of the mean value should be rated output
power of + 3% in 45 seconds
5) After the unit start-up and take the load about 220MW, check each parameters is
stable (it is important for system frequency), report the dispatcher to put into the primary
frequency regulation function.
6) The load is reduced to 180MW because of sliding parameter, the shift-operator inform
C&I to quit primary frequency modulation function by the approval of the dispatcher.
7) After the primary frequency regulation function is put into service, operation personnel
must strengthen the surveillance system frequency, and make the power frequency
disturbance contingency foreseeing , do advance control, timely adjustment.
8) After the primary frequency regulation function is put into service, unit moment load
fluctuate above 15MW,this is a threat to the safe operation of unit, shift-operator apply
the dispatcher for quitting the primary frequency regulation function, when the grid
frequency is stable, report the dispatcher .
9) When the primary frequency regulation function is put into service ,turbine control
valve shake , the timely apply for quitting primary frequency regulation function .
G.3.4 Regulation of generator standby period:
1) During standby generator, generator rotor, stator and the bearing insulation should be
measured and recorded, discharge generator cooling medium drain in accordance with
the provisions .
2) During standby generator, hydrogen pressure should be higher than 0.05 Mpa.
3) When stop time of standby generator is more than 72 hours, stop rectifier cabinet fan.
4) When stop time of standby generator is more than 72 hours, maintain stator coil
temperature over 5 .
3.2 steam turbine generator unit
3.2.1 the follower cases don not allow to start-up.
3.2.1.1 Turbine, boiler and electrical interlock test was not successful.
3.2.1.2 Turbine tripping generator by interlock was not successful.
3.2.1.3 Electric tripping turbine by interlock was not successful.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
53/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
54/179
3.2.1.4 Sealing oil system could not operate normally or generator air tightness test is
below standard.
3.2.1.5 Instrument compressed air system is not working properly
3.2.1.6 When turning-gear is put into operation, bearing has significant metal friction
sound, turn-gear cannot start or current is serious over limited;
3.2.1.7 Generator hydrogen purity is not qualified;
3.2.1.8 Generator stator water cooling system abnormality or poor water quality
3.2.2 Generator don not allow synchronizing below one of the following cases.
3.2.2.1 Insulation resistance of generator and excitation system is less than the specified
value;
3.2.2.2 Generator -transformer main protection can not be put into service ;
3.2.2.3 Emergency protector action is not normal;
3.2.2.4 Generator excitation system;
3.2.2.5 Generator circuit breaker fault;
3.2.2.6 Synchronization device is not complete;
3.2.2.7 Grid fault (the shift-operator requirement cannot be synchronized into the grid) or
high frequency can not be synchronized into the system.
3.2.3 The system electrical equipment inspection and preparation before the whole unit
start.
3.2.3.1 Check all electrical maintenance work complete, the entire test is up to standard,
the work ticket end up; surrounding is clean, the temporary short wiring and grounding
wire has been removed, the security operation has been restored.
3.2.3.2 The repaired equipment should be transferred to operator; circuit change should
record in log book. .
3.2.3.3 After generator is through overhaul, minor repair or longer standby, the following
electrical test and inspection should be up to standard, the test data have written report
that meet start-up requirement.
3.2.3.3.1 Before generator cover will be installed, check stator coil aqueduct and coil
colligation, there should be no aqueduct fracture, fold flat, tie wire fracture, loosening,
cushion block foreign bodies and other abnormal situations.
3.2.3.3.2 Generator signal system should be normal.
3.2.3.3.3 Make sure that 20KV breaker of generator outlet, FMK switch operated test and
field switch interlock tripping test.
3.2.3.3.4 Flushing water test and water pressure test in stator cooling water system is
qualified. Stator cooling pump interlock and water cut-off protection test is normal, make
sure that the system has been put into operation conditions.
3.2.3.3.5 After generator overhaul, air tightness test and seal oil pump interlock test must
be done.
3.2.3.3.6 Check each part of the generator temperature indicating normal.
3.2.3.3.7 Check the generator hydrogen purity monitor, tester, moisture meter, RF
detector and insulation detection device normal.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
54/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
55/179
3.2.3.3.8 Check the generator shaft grounding brush integrity and good contact.
3.2.3.3.9 After Generator -transformer Secondary circuit or CB repair, make sure that the
generator-transformer protection, measurement, operation, control and signal system is
normal and consistent with the operating conditions.
3.2.3.3.10The whole trip test should be done before the start of the generator, the
generator- transformer protection interlocking test is normal.
3.2.3.4 After generator repair or longer time for spare, before the start of generator,
maintainer must measure generator stator circuit, the excitation circuit and generator
bearing and so on, operator confirm the following insulation data shall comply with the
provisions.
3.2.3.4.1 Using 2500V test to measure the voltage of stator winding insulation, resistance
value at 25 shall be not less than 500M (1 min value), absorption ratio "
1.6, polarization index "
R600 R60
/
R60 R15
/
">
" > 2, the insulation resistance difference ratio is less
than 2, if the measurement results have significantly lower than previous data,
considering the change of environment temperature and humidity, if less than the
previous data of 1/3 ~ 1/5, identify the reasons and try to eliminate
3.2.3.4.2 Normal temperature insulation resistance value conversion to 25 formula is
as follows:
Rt
R25
0.025
Rt
25t
10
( M )
- insulation resistance value on the temperature t ; tmeasure temperature ().
3.2.3.4.3 measure insulation resistance of the excitation circuit by 500V megger, at 25 ,

confirm the insulation resistance more than 10M (1 minutes.)
3.2.3.4.4 Using 500V megger to measure generator bearing and seal to grounding
insulation, before generator connect to turbine, insulation value is more than 10M , after
bearing flow through oil , the insulation is more than 1M ; shaft to the base insulating
(before generator connect to turbine) is more than 10M , after it is through oil , the
insulation value is less than 1M . After generator connection to turbine, measure all
terminals to ground insulation value, its value should be more than 1M
3.2.3.4.5 uses the 500V megger to measure collector ring device insulation, the
insulation value is more than 10M .
3.2.3.4.6 uses the 250V megger to measure resistor element insulation, the insulation
value is more than 5M
3.2.3.4.7 uses the 500V megger to measure end core and bearing thermocouple
insulation, the insulation value is more than 100M
3.2.3.4.8 use 1000V megger to measure stator core through screw insulation, the
insulation value is more than 100M
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
55/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
56/179
3.2.3.4.9 before the generator start-up (water, gas replacement device), the operator
should inform maintenance persons to measure generator and excitation circuit
insulation, confirm the generator damping by comparing with the previous
measurements,
3.2.3.5 Confirm that UPS power system operating is normal.
3.2.3.6 After excitation system overhaul or long time standby, confirm the electrical
testing and inspection is qualified, there is a written report for test data and test data
meet the requirements for starting-up, the excitation system will transfer from a cold
standby to hot standby.
3.2.3.7 check the generator neutral point transformer intact, grounding device is good,
consistent with the operating conditions.
3.2.3.8 check the generator outlet TV intact in the running position, high voltage is in
service , air switch on the low side is closed.
3.2.3.9 After enclosed busbar overhaul, minor overhaul or a longer period of time to
spare, before the unit start, check test normal in accordance with the operating
conditions.
3.2.3.10 before the unit start, main transformer, auxiliary transformer, excitation
transformer and the low voltage auxiliary transformer should be a comprehensive
inspection, consistent with the operating conditions.
3.2.3.11 check relay protection, automatic devices and the electrical instrument are in
good condition. Protection and automatic device link input is correct; DCS electrical
picture display (name of device, CB, switch) is accords with the actual position.
3.2.3.12 main transformer cooling device power supply, auxiliary transformer fan power
supply and rectifier power supply are in work position .
3.2.3.13 auxiliary system inspection
3.2.3.13.1 Confirm busbar insulation is qualified.
3.2.3.13.2 Protection system and automatic device according to the provisions is put into
service, operation is normal.
3.2.3.13.3 Security power supply switch test automatically is normal .
3.2.3.13.4Check the diesel generator system is normal , make sure that automatic test
is normal.
3.2.3.13.5 in addition to 6kV electric system, the other electric system restore the normal
operation mode ..
3.2.3.13.6 restore all kind of qualified system power supply such as control power,
protection power, measurement power, signal power.
3.2.3.14 DC system inspection
3.2.3.14.1 Check the DC cabinet good grounding.
3.2.3.14.2 Check rated current of all fuses in DC system is consistent with the setting
sheet, the fuse is intact.
3.2.3.14.3 DC system insulation monitoring device is put in service, DC system insulation
is good.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
56/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
57/179
3.2.3.14.4 DC feeder switch is in service in accordance with the regulations.

3.2.3.14.5 Battery, the high-frequency switch charger is in normal operation.
3.2.3.15 Check plant auxiliary motors are normal .
3.2.4 generator inspection before turbine start-up
3.2.4.2 Check DC power is already supplied from DC distribution panel to generator.
3.2.4.3 Check the generator protection should be put into operation.
3.2.4.4 Check the generator slip ring brush be installed well.
3.2.4.5 Each air switch input in excitation system is normal
3.2.4.6 Check synchronization device is normal.
3.2.4.7 Close the generator neutral grounding transformer switch and check the contact
well.
3.2.4.8 Check the generator voltage transformer TV1, TV2, TV3 high-voltage fuse is
pushed to the work position, and check the contact good.
3.2.4.9 TV1, TV2, TV3 secondary plug-in is plugged, and shut the door.
3.2.4.10 Close each air switch in TV1, TV2, TV3 panel and shut the door.
3.2.4.11 the generator is in the ascending speed of 1500r/min, conduct a comprehensive
inspection in generator and its circuit.
3.2.4.12 as soon as generator is turning, even if generator excitation isnt put into service,
also considers that the generator and its circuit have been charged. All the work of
generator should stop. If measurement, test and maintenance must be carried out,
comply with the relevant provisions of "electrical safety regulations".
3.2.5 preparation before synchronizing with grid.
3.2.5.1 Check the generator outlet CB is normal, the control power supply is in service,
the selector mode of generator outlet CB is in remote position.
3.2.5.2 All protection is in service in accordance with the regulations.
3, 2, 5.3 the excitation system inspection has been completed, in accordance with grid
conditions.
3.2.6 Generator voltage step-up provision and consideration matters
3.2.6.1 Receiving a command about implementation of generator synchronizing
operation from shift-operator , make sure that turbine, generator and related equipment
can be in accordance with the parallel condition , then start step-up voltage.
3.2.6.2 Confirm CB and switch status of the generator- transformer primary loop is right
on DCS electrical picture. Conduct a comprehensive inspection on the operating panel,
such as the signal lamp indicating is correct, operation switch, the selector switch and
synchronizing switch is in the correct position.
3.2.6.3 not allow to switch on the generator excitation switch in the process of speed up ,
after reach the rated speed , switch on excitation switch and start the field button, monitor
generator voltage and excitation current dont exceed the provision value, otherwise
immediately reduce the voltage and check the reasons ,after that, continue to raise the
voltage, the generator without charging water and hydrogen shall not synchronize with
grid.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
57/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
58/179
3.2.6.4 the generator step-up operation should be carried out slowly. On the process
three-phase voltage is balance; three-phase current indication should be less than 70A.
3.2.6.5 Generator step-up operation is available in automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
mode or manual mode; normally generator step-up operation shall adopt the mode.
3.2.6.6 After generator overhaul, AVR is not suitable for the automatic mode, normally it
is used for manual mode.
3.2.6.7 when synchronizing with the grid automatically, generator raise the voltage up to
the rated value by AVR automatic mode ,or first raise the voltage by manual mode , when
the voltage reach the rated value , transfer manual mode into auto mode, then start to
synchronize with grid.
3.2.6.8 When AVR switch over from manual mode to auto mode, pay attention to check
the generator voltage and reactive load so as to avoid disturbance.
3.2.7 generator synchronization shall meet the following conditions
3.2.7.1 Generator voltage and the grid voltage are equal, the maximum error should be
within 10%.
3.2.7.2 Generator frequency is the same as grid frequency.
3.2.7.3 Generator voltage phase is the same as the grid voltage phase.
3.2.7.4 Generator phase sequence is the same as the grid phase sequence.
3.2.8 consideration questions when synchronizing with grid .
3.2.8.1 Normally parallel operation get through remote automatic mode .
3.2.8.2 Not allow to release synchronizing lock under any circumstances.
3.2.8.3 In any case check the synchronization device action is correct, adjust the speed
of the generator, synchronous meter pointer slowly clockwise rotation (4 ~ 6 rpm each
minute ). If the synchronization meter pointer rotation is not uniform or stop and beats,
not allow to generator parallel operation .
3.2.8.4 In the automatic synchronization , if the automatic synchronization device is
abnormal, not allow to parallel operation .
3.2.9 putting into excitation system conditions
3.2.9.1 AVR no fault.
3.2.9.2 generator- transformer unit protection is without action export.
3.2.9.3 Turbo generator is at rated speed.
3.2.9.4 AVR put into operation.
3.2.10 According to shift-operator, be ready for generator synchronizing with grid.
3.2.10.1 AVR automatic synchronization (synchronizing operation on DCS), keep the unit
speed as 3000rpm.
3.2.10.2 Check synchronization device normal.
3.2.10.3 AVR running mode is in the automatic mode.
3.2.10.4check low excitation limit, over excitation limiter is in the "on" position.
3.2.10.5 Check the excitation device on the local place and DCS screen is no alarm and
limiter action signal.
3.2.10.7 Press excitation system on button on the DCS screen.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
58/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
59/179
3.2.10.8 Check field suppression switch automatically is switched on, the generator
voltage up to the rated; confirm three-phase voltage is balance, stator current is close to
zero.
3.2.10.9 Check the generator no-load rotor voltage and rotor current is normal (note the
rotor current is not greater than the no-load rotor current rating), generator rotor is without
grounding alarm signal.
3.2.10,10 DEH has been transferred to "operator automatic" (OPER AUTO) control
method.
3.2.11.11 DEH control mode is transferred to "automatic synchronization" position.
3.2.10.12 check the generator is ready for synchronizing closing conditions.
3.2.10.13 synchronizing device switch to "work" position
3.2.10.14 press "synchronization" button in DCS screen.
3.2.10.15 check the generator outlet CB automatic closing is good, reset synchronizer,
record parallel time.
3.2.10.16 Adjust reactive power according to generator active change
3.2.10.17 check the generator stator three-phase current is balance.
3.2.10.18 report the shift-operator, the generator has been connected to the grid.
3.2.11 After generator overhaul, generator raises voltage by FCR mode so as to
synchronize with grid automatically.
3.2.11.1 Keep the unit speed as 3000rpm.

3.2.11.2 Synchronization device is normal.
3.2.11.3 AVR operation mode is put into manual mode (FCR).
3.2.11.4 Check the AVR low excitation limiter and over excitation limiter is in the "on"
position.
3.2.11.5 Check the excitation device on the local place and DCS screen is no alarm and
limiter action signal.
3.2.11.6 Report shift-operator, be read for synchronizing with grid.
3.2.11.7 Close FMK, will slowly rise to the rated voltage by manual mode.
3.2.11.8 Check three-phase voltage is balance; stator current shall not exceed 70A.
3.2.11.9 Check the generator no-load rotor voltage and rotor current is normal (note the
rotor current is not greater than the no-load rotor current rating), generator rotor is without
grounding alarm signal.
3.2.11,10 DEH has been transferred to "operator automatic" (OPER AUTO) control
method.
3.2.11.11 DEH control mode is transferred to "automatic synchronization" position.
3.2.10.12 check the generator is ready for synchronizing closing conditions.
3.2.10.13 synchronizing device switch to "work" position
3.2.10.14Check the meter and indicating LED is normal on synchronization device and
DCS.
3.2.10.15 press "synchronization" button in DCS screen.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
59/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
60/179
3.2.10.16 check the generator outlet CB automatic closing is good, reset synchronizer,
record parallel time.
3.2.10.117 Adjust reactive power according to generator active change
3.2.10.18 check the generator stator three-phase current is balance.
3.2.10.19 report the shift-operator, the generator has been connected to the grid.
3.2.12 unit start-up and raise the load consideration matters
3.2.12.1During unit start-up and raising the load, monitor the changes of hydrogen, water,
oil and other parameter is in normal range, checking should be no alarm signal.
3.2.12.2 Check the generator slip ring brush is on bounce, jam or bad situation, check
carbon brush is no sparkle .
3.2.12.3After the new installation or maintenance of the unit start up, strengthen
generator sound and vibration inspection.
3.2.12.4 after the generator connect to grid, allow the stator current up to the rated
current of 30 ~ 50%, then increase active load according to turbine and boiler
requirement, at the same time judge reactive load. Generator stator current rise up to the
rated current, time is not less than an hour, the power factor is not higher than 0.95,
rising velocity evenly, as far as possible to avoid the current mutation.
3.2.12.5 After the generator connects to grid, load increment to the full time should be
carried out according to the provisions of steam turbine.
3.2.12.6 When generator stator current increase , strengthen the monitoring and analysis
of the temperature of each part, timely find the water branch and hydrogen road without
obstruction, pay attention to monitoring of three-phase current should be balanced.
3.2.12.7 in case of accident, the generator stator current increasing speed is not limited,
but strengthen the generator temperature and unit monitoring.
3.3 generator running parameter
generator operation parameter
Num
Name
Unit
Normal
value
rated capacity
MVA
329.4
rated power
MW
280
rated current
9509.3
rated voltage
kV
20
frequency
Hz
500.5
stator coil
120
stator bar interlayer

temperature
staor bar max

temperature difference
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
Max
Min
Trip value
308
90
8
10
8
10
12
14
60/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Num
Name
Page
61/179
Unit
Normal
value
Max
Min
42
Trip value
(the same water

branch )
9
stator coil cooling water

inlet temperature
4550
53
10
stator coil water main

temperature
80
85
11
stator cooling water

flow
m3/h
30
33
12
rated intake pressure
0.2
0.25
13
stator coil magnetic

shielding temperature
120
13
rotor wind temperature
110
(electricit
y
resistent
14
hydrogen pressure
MPa
15
hydrogen humidity
16
hydrogen purity
95
17
hydrogen cooler water

pressure
MPa
0.2
hydrogen water
pressure drop
MPa
0.04
18
cold hydrogen
temperature
451
50
19
hot hydrogen
temperature
4580
80
20
hydrogen cooler inlet

temperature
35
38
L/min
430
21
A bearing oil flow
0.3
22
A seal flow on air side

A seal flow on
hydrogen
L/min
100/57
23
Bearing inlet pressure
MPa
0.05--0.08
24
Seal oil inlet pressure
MPa
0.3850.01
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
90
27
0.41
0.25
-5
-25
90
0.25
40
20
61/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Num
Name
Unit
Normal
value
25
Hydrogen oil pressure
MPa
0.0850.01
26
Seal oil inlet

temperature
27
bearing outlet oil

temperature
70
28
hydrogen leak amout
Nm3/da
y
11.3
29
20 electric
conductivity
s/cm
0.51.5
30
20 PH value
31
20 hardness
45
Page
62/179
Max
Min
52
43
Trip value
68
mol/l
20ammonia amount
10
microscle
31
copper compound
amount
g/l
100
32
generator shaft
vibration
mm
0.08
33
generator bearing
temperature
0.127
0.254
90
3.4 generator operation monitor, inspection and maintenance

3.4.1 generator normal operation mode
3.4.2 generator operation mode according to manufacturer nameplate parameters
specified , so called the rated operation mode, run continuously for a long time in this
manner .
3.4.3 The generator output rated output in the following circumstances:
3.4.3.1 cold hydrogen temperature is less than 46 .

3.4.3.2 cooling water inlet temperature of hydrogen cooler is less than 38 .
3.4.3.3 stator winding cold water temperature is less than 50 r.
3.4.3.4 Hydrogen pressure is not less than the rated value, the hydrogen
purity is not less than 95%.
3.4.3.5 in the above case, the generator with rated load can be long-term
continuous operation at 0.95 power factor .
3.4.3.6 generator is at rated power factor, voltage range is 5%, frequency
range is 50 0.5Hz, generator can be continuous rated power output.
3.4.4 generator temperature monitoring and operation regulations
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
62/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
63/179
3.4.4.1 the generator hydrogen inlet air temperature is between 40 ~ 48 ,

the hydrogen inlet temperature is lower than the corresponding to inlet water
temperature , air cold hydrogen temperature in hydrogen cooler should be
controlled in 2K. Inlet air temperature (i.e. generator hydrogen cooler outlet
temperature or thermal hydrogen temperature) should be maintained at
between 45 ~ 80 .
3.4.4.2 during normal operation, the generator stator cooling water inlet
temperature generally maintained at between 45 ~ 50 .
3.4.4.3 on generator nominal hydrogen pressure, hydrogen amount reduce
1/4 , generator load shall be reduced to 80% of the rated load and continue to
run, at this time, the maximum value of cold hydrogen temperature is 48 .
3.4.4.4 during normal operation, the stator coil bar water temperature and
outlet temperature of cooling water shall not be more than 80
3.4.4.5 during normal operation, water temperature of the hydrogen cooler
should not exceed 38
3.4.4.6 during normal operation, the generator stator coil temperature should
not exceed 90 ,
3.4.4.7 when water temperature on any of the two upper and lower bar inside
generator stator coil slot the was 12K, or any bar interlayer temperature
sensor temperature was 14K, or any one of the water outlet temperature
reach 90 , do not allow the generator to continue operating at high
temperature, immediately reduce load , at the time the temperature difference
or temperature is lower than the limit in order to verify the authenticity of
reading, if confirmation is winding internal problems, immediately stop
running and find out the reason.
3.4.4.8 Temperature at generator stator core and magnetic shielding at not
higher than 120 .
3.4.4.9 generator rotor winding temperature is not more than 110
(resistance method).
3.4.4.10 resistance measurement of rotor winding temperature should be use
for voltmeter and ammeter (accuracy is 0.2), the following formula:
T2 = [(234.5+T1) * R2]/R1-234.5.
In the formula, T2- rotor winding hot temperature, ; T1- rotor winding cold
temperature, ; R1 -rotor winding DC cold resistance , omega; DCresistance R2 rotor hot winding , omega.
3.4.5.1 Generator stator has certain short-term overload capacity. From the
initial temperature under rated conditions, stator current is withstand 1.3 times
rated current at least one minute. Allow the armature current and duration (up
to 120 seconds):
table 3-10
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
63/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
time
10
s
armature
226
current
Page
64/179
30
60
120
154
130
116
3.4.5.2 at rated condition , excitation winding in the excitation voltage of 125%

run for at least one minute, excitation voltage and duration allowed (until 120
seconds):
table3-11
times
10
30
60
120
Exciting
voltage
208
146
125
112
3.4.5.3On generator normal operation , stator three phase current should be balanced,
each phase current difference should not exceed 10% of rated value, the maximum
phase current shall not be greater than the rated current. Steady negative phase
sequence capability of the generator allows for long time operation
I2
(standard value)
10%, long-term stable operation of the negative sequence current shall not exceed 10%
of the rated value, the generator allows the transient negative sequence capability was
I 22t
10s.
3.4.6.1 Generator stator voltage allows changes in the range of 5% ratings,

when the power factor and frequency is at rated value , allow to run at rated
power generator. When the generator stator voltage is higher or lower than
5% of the rated value, the stator current is allowed to change in the range of
5%, but monitor all parts temperature of generator are not over limited.
3.4.6.2 When the generator voltage drops to below 95% of the rated value,
stator current long-term allowance is no more than 105% of the rated value,
namely when the stator voltage is lower than 19kV, the stator current shall not
exceed 9984.7A.
3.4.6.3The maximum operating voltage of generator may not exceed 110% of
the rated value (22kV), the minimum operation voltage shall not be less than
90% of rated value (18kV), and shall meet the requirements for plant bus
voltage.
3.4.6.4 When generator run continuously, the voltage / frequency (p.u.) ratio is
not more than 1.05.
3.4.7 Provisions of generator leading phase operation
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
64/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
65/179
The generator parameters and dispatcher order to determine if the leading

phase operation.
3.4.8 Excitation system running mode
3.4.8.1The composition of excitation system: this system is mainly composed
of excitation transformer, silicon controlled rectifier device, automatic voltage
regulator (AVR), demagnetization and overvoltage protection, excitation
device, the necessary monitoring, protection, alarm device.
3.4.8.2 Generator excitation current supply mode: excitation transformer get
AC power from the generator outlet, the voltage is transmitted to the silicon
rectifier, in the regulation of AVR, the DC power supply is rectified by a
collector ring and brush to supply generator rotor winding
3.4.8.3 Controllable silicon rectifier device branch number is 2
When 1 branch is out of operation, the generator can meet operating
requirements in the condition of the force excitation and 1.1 times of the rated
excitation current.
3.4.8.4 During normal operation, AVR adopts automatic dual channel
operation, power system stabilizer (PSS) in general should also be put into
operation according to the dispatcher requirements.
3.4.8.5: during normal operation, the control mode of excitation system is in
remote mode through the DCS command, the local control panel (LCP)
directly installed in the front panel of excitation system, only use for
debugging, testing or emergency control.
3.4.8.6 When the terminal voltage of generator is down to 90% of the rated
value, the excitation system can automatically realize the force excitation,
force excitation time is 10s
3.4.9 generator hydrogen system monitoring and operation provision.
3.4.9.1 During normal operation, the hydrogen purity generator shall be not
less than 95%; when the purity drop to below 95%, or gas mixture contain
oxygen in excess of 1.2%, timely discharge pollution and make up hydrogen.
3.4.9.2 During normal operation, on nominal hydrogen pressure, hydrogen
humidity normally runs in 2 ~ 4g/m3, when higher than 10g/m3, it should
alarm. If the generator internal humidity below atmospheric pressure should
control the dew point temperature in 5 25 , hydrogen humidity not is
higher than 5 dew point temperature.
3.4.9.3 When generator is in normal operation, Hydrogen dryer should be put
into operation.
3.4.9.4 The generator rated hydrogen pressure is 0.3Mpa, the minimum
operation hydrogen pressure is 0.2MPa, the maximum operating pressure is
0.4Mpa.
3.4.9.5 Keeping enough CO2 is used to discharge hydrogen in case of an
emergency.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
65/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
66/179
3.4.9.6 When generator hydrogen pressure decreases rapidly, timely find the
leaking point, and open the roof fan to prevent accumulation of hydrogen,
found a large amount of hydrogen in the cooling water system, immediately
shut down and find out the leaking point.
3.4.10 Generator stator cooling water quality should meet the following requirements:
3.4.10.1 Water quality: pure and transparent, no mechanical mixture.

3.4.10.2 conductivity (20 ): 0.5 ~ 1.5 s / cm, 5 s / cm for "high" alarm,
9.5 s / cm for heavy high" alarm
3.4.10.3 hardness of (20 ): < 2 mol/
3.4.10 4value of.4PH (20 ): 6.0 8.0
3.4.10.5 Containing NH3 value: microscale
3.4.11 during normal operation, the generator stator cooling water flow rate as
30m3/h, calculation pressure of the stator winding is maintained at 0.15 ~
0.20Mpa. When the pressure reached 80% rated flow , rapidly alarm, when
the pressure reaches 70% rated flow , delay 30s trip.
3.4.12 during normal operation, the generator shaft vibration should be no
more than 0.08mm, when reaches or exceeds 0.127mm, rapidly alarm, when
meet or exceed the 0.254mm, rapidly trip.
3.4.13 insulation supervision
2.4.13.1 Before generator start up or after generator shut down, the stator and
rotor insulation value are respectively measured and recorded. If the interval
time between start and stop is less than 24 hours, not need to measure the
insulation. If the measurement results are significantly lower than previous,
identify the reasons and eliminate it.
3.4.13.2 the generator stator winding insulation resistance ( before winding is
through water), use 2500V megger to measure, the resistance shall be not
less than 500M at ambient temperature 25 (1 min value), absorption
ratio 1.3 (1 minutes /15 seconds), polarization index 2 (10 minutes /1
minutes). The polarization index is measured by maintenance personnel,
operator verify and collect data. The insulation resistance difference ratio is
not greater than 2. The measurement results shall not be less than the
previous measurement results of 1 / 3 1 / 5 stator winding insulation,
otherwise we should find out the reason and try to eliminate. If the stator
insulation polarization index < 2, and the absorption ratio < 1.6, show the
stator insulation have been wet, identify the reasons and try to eliminate
3.4.13.3 Generator stator winding is through water, measuring insulation
resistance should be greater than 1 M.
2.4.13.4,Generator rotor winding insulation resistance is measured by 500V
megger , l be not less than 10M at ambient temperature25 (1 minutes),
find out the reason and try to eliminate. Before measure the rotor winding
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
66/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
67/179
insulation, check the field CB is disconnected, ensure the safety of silicon

rectifier
3.4.13.5 the following equipment insulation resistant is measured by
maintainer, the operator collect test data and confirmed
3.4.13.5.1 using 500V megger to measure generator bearing insulation,
sealing and the middle bearing ring insulation, before shaft connect to
turbine ,the resistant is than 10M , when bearing is through oil , the resistant
is more than 1M , after shaft connect to turbine , resistant is more than 1M
(in the terminal board )
3.4.13.5.2 uses the 500V megger to measure collector ring insulation, it is
more than 10M
3.4.13.5.3 uses the 250V megger to measure resistor element insulation, it is
more than 5M
3.4.13.5.4 uses the 500V megger to measure end core and bearing
thermocouple insulation, it is more than 100M
3.4.13.5.5 Using 1000V megger to measure stator core through screw
insulation, it is more than 100M
3.4.13.6 Supervision of the exciter end bearing insulation during operation
3.4.13.6.1 Generator excitation end bearing is double insulation, after the
shaft connect to turbine or during normal operation, measure the insulation
resistance (measured in the test terminals).
3.4.13.6.2 During normal operation the maintenance personnel use 1000V
megger to measure the bearing insulation resistance against ground and
recorded once a month.
3.4.13.6.3 Operating personnel should collect data and be confirmed on the
first Tuesday of each month.
3.4.13.6.4 Insulation resistance expected value is more than 1M , if the
resistant value is < 0.5 M , cause the shaft current through the bearing to
damage bearing, therefore report shift-operator and shutdown
3.4.14. Generator running inspection
3.4.14.1During generator normal operation, the automatic protection device is working
perfectly , strictly monitor and adjust parameter to make generator stable operation .
3.4.14.2 During generator normal operation, important electrical parameter is recorded
per hour ,such as generator stator coil and outlet water logging temperature, generator
stator core temperature , hydrogen inlet and outlet air temperature, hydrogen cooler inlet
and outlet water temperature, the generator hydrogen purity and humidity parameters,
check and write per hour .compared with normal operation, timely find abnormal and
eliminate it .
3.4.14.3 during generator normal operation, has primary or secondary loop checks
according to inspection system, inspection of key items are as follows:
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
67/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
68/179
3.4.14.3.1 Generator body are clean, no oil leakage, Water Leakage,

hydrogen leakage phenomenon.
3.4.14.3.2 Each parts of generator body is abnormal sound, no abnormal
vibration, vibration value does not exceed 0.08mm.
3.4.14.3.3 Generator shaft connect to earth well, carbon brush contact well,
no spark, brush length is shorter than the limit.
3.4.14.3.4 Temperature of each part of the generator is normal, no
overheating, inlet and outlet of water temperature and hydrogen temperature
was normal..
3.4.14.3.5 The hydrogen online device is normal, the display value is within
the specified range, the purity, pressure, temperature and humidity
parameters of hydrogen meet the requirements.
3.4.14.3.6 Hydrogen leakage detection device is normal. No hydrogen
leakage signal is coming.
3.4.14.3.7 Micro positive pressure device of generator outlet enclosed busbar
(or air circulation drying device) is in normal operation, enclosed bus is no
vibration, discharge and overheating.
3.4.14.3.8 Generator outlet PT and grounding device is intact, no vibration,
discharge, noise and other abnormal conditions, the door is closed,.
3.4.14.3.9 During generation operation, protection device is normal, no
alarms signal.
3.4.14.3.10 SF6 gas pressure of generator outlet CB is normal, the energy
storage indication is normal.
3.414.3.11 Generator insulation overheating monitor is normal.
3.4.14.3.12 Excitation system is in normal operation, no abnormal and
alarm signal.
3.4.14.3.13 Excitation system insulation is up to standard, not grounding
phenomenon.
3.4.14.3.14 check excitation circuit carbon bush ,slip ring normal.
3.4.14.3.14.1 Check slip ring bush contact well and the contact surface of
carbon bush is no loop fire, no jump, no fragmentation , and carbon bush
movement is free.
3.4.14.3.14.2 The spring of carbon bush is installed firmly, the pressure of
carbon bush is proper, the spring is no flaw and breakage, the carbon bush is
no overheating ,sparkle and breakage phenomenon.
3.4.14.3.14.3 The carbon bush length is not shorter than the limit, carbon
bush and bush plait is not overheating and turning color, bush plait is not
broken and firm, the type of carbon is same, on normal operation, if 3mm
higher than the top of bush cover is reached, inform maintainer to replace it.
3.4.14.3.14.4 Bush holder is not flaw and clean , the gap to slip ring is 1
2mm.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
68/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
69/179
3.4.14.3.14.5 The slip ring is clean, complete, overheating track.

3.4.14.3.14.6 Excitation transformer is no vibration, no abnormal noise, no
overheating, the temperature control device and fan is in normal operation .
3.4.14.4 Carbon bush, slip ring maintenance and consideration matters
3.4.14.4.1 When replace carbon bush, inform the operator to reduce the load to low.
3.4.14.4.2 The work person must be careful, clothe and cleaning material is not hooked
by machine, so the work person must tighten wristband, women hair is put in cap.
3.4.14.4.3 When working on the slip ring , wear the insulation shoe, use insulation pad
and tool , two people are working together, one man is in charge of supervision, the other
stand on insulation pad and not touch the two poles or one pole and grounding part, not
allow two person to work together in order to avoid short circuit.
3.4.14.4.4 The new carbon bush is of the same type , if necessary, do the grind work to
make the contact surface up to above 50%, the gap is not too small or too big between
carbon bush and bush holder to ensure that carbon bush in bush holder is free.
3.4.14.4.5 Carbon bush maintenance work must be supervised , before replace the
carbon bush , master the excitation current distribution to avoid lose excitation .when
carbon bush is installed in bush holder, hold the bush plait in hand or put the bush plait
far away from the other pole to avoid short circuit.
3.4.14.4.6 After replacing the carbon bush , then replace the next one, the amount of
replacing carbon bush is no more than four piece one time .
3.5 generator shutting down
3.5.1 generator shutting down provision and consideration matters
3.5.1.1 When reducing active load , simultaneously adjust reactive load according to
stator voltage to keep power factor in permission range.
3.5.1.2 On normal shutdown , reduce active load to318MW, at the time the
reactive is near to zero , report shift-operator to be prepare for shutting down.
3.5.1.3 After the active reduce to zero (react is near to zero), go on generator shutting
down operation.
3.5.1.4 Prevent overvoltage during generator shutting down.
3.5.1.5 On accident , press generator-transformer emergency button to disconnect with
grid.
3.5.1.6 Do an accident anticipate to prevent generator over flux after generator shutting
down without field suppression.
3.5.1.7 After generator disconnect with grid, stator cooling water, hydrogen cooler and
seal oil system keep normal operation till the turbine stop.
3.5.2 Generation shut down mode: automatic shut down (realize through reverse power
protection with logic, this is normal shutting down mode.); emergency shutting down
mode.
3.5.3 Generator shut down and electrical operation after shutting down.
3.5.3.1 Automatic shutting down operation
3.5.3.1.1 Simulation preview is right.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
69/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
70/179
3.5.3.1.2 Report shift-operator to shut down generator.

3.5.3.1.3 After active power is down to zero and reactive is near to zero, press MFT to
close main steam valve, check generator reverse power protection with logic tripping,
generator outlet CB and field CB trip automatically, generator shut down.
3.5.3.1.4 Report shift-operator for generator shutting down already
3.5.3.1.5 Check generator three phase stator current and three phase voltage is zero.
3.5.3.1.6 Check the excitation output to min value and rotor current is zero on DCS
screen.
3.5.3.1.7 The excitation system is in off status.
3.5.3.1.8 Have a comprehensive inspection on the local place.
3.5.3.1.9 Switch off the fan switch of excitation , various AC and DC air switch
3.5.3.1.10 Switch off DC air switch from DC distribution panel to excitation panel.
3.5.3.1.11 Switch off AC air switch from UPS feeder panel to excitation panel.
3.5.3.1.12 Switch off start excitation switch Q03.
3.5.3.1.13 Switch off excitation system power switch from 380V turbine MCC to
excitation panel.
3.5.3.1.14 Switch off DC switch from DC distribution panel to synchronization panel.
3.5.3.1.15 Switch off grounding transformer switch in generator neutral point.
3.5.3.1.16 Switch off TV1, TV2, TV3 air switch in local terminal box, pull out the TV1,
TV2, TV3 secondary plug-in.
3.5.3.1.17 Pull out generation outlet voltage transformer TV1TV2TV3.
3.5.3.1.18 Stop to auxiliary transformer fan according to auxiliary transformer load,
3.5.3.1.19 Check generator outlet CB in open position.
3.5.3.1.20 Take all kinds of measures according to the lead command.
3.5.3.2 Emergency shut down operation mode
3.5.3.2.1 Press the emergency trip button.
3.5.3.2.2 Check generator outlet CB and field CB Q02 open.
3.5.3.2.3 Check generator three phase stator current and voltage is zero.
3.5.3.2.4 Check generation rotor current is zero , excitation system is in off position.
3.5.3.2.5 Report shift-operator , the generation has already shut down.
3.5.3.2.6 Have a comprehensive inspections .
3.6 Consideration matters after generator shut down
6.1 Stop stator cooling system after shutdown.
6.2 After shutdown, if generator is filled with hydrogen, keep the seal oil system
operation, the alarm system should be put into operating conditions, operating personnel
should closely monitor the seal oil system, prevent the generator into the oil, maintain the
seal oil and hydrogen pressure is about 0.084MPa.
6.3 if the generator is filled with hydrogen, control the dew point of hydrogen in the 5 ~
-25 , keep the temperature 5 inside the machine, hydrogen purity was above
95%,if the purity of hydrogen is less than 95%, or oxygen gas mixture is more than
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
70/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
71/179
1.2% , hydrogen should be timely discharge and makeup to qualified. When hydrogen
side seal oil pump outages, hydrogen remain above 90%.
6.4 the seal oil cooler outlet temperature should be controlled at 40 ~ 49 .
6.5 liquid level in generator defoaming tank maintain normal, timely discharge.
6.6 if shutdown, the stator water cooling system of generator continue to run, closely
monitor humidity inside the machine to prevent condensation, and regularly check the
stator cooling water conductivity( less than 1.5 S/cm),timely adjust temperature of
stator cooling water, the inlet temperature is always higher 2 3 than that of cold
hydrogen temperature
6.7 before generator hydrogen discharge, hydrogen supply pipe has been confirmed
reliable isolation, and discharge operates according to hydrogen regulation.
6.8 after the replacement of generator gas is end, confirm the purity of CO2 was less
than 5%, after the generator internal pressure is zero and the turning gear stop, stop the
seal oil system.
6.9 after generators change into spare, measure and record the stator and rotor
insulation.
3.7 Generator outage maintenance
7.1 generators long outage should carry out gas replacement.
7.2 after generators long outage, the water of stator coil should be kept dry.
7.3 when the generator run every two months and above, in the case of stopping or
overhaul opportunity, before starting , stator winding is flushing at front and back
7.4 In winter generator shut down in short time, in order to prevent freezing, maintain
generator stator cooling water pump running continuously, keep the winding temperature
in + 5 ,or take necessary measures.
7.5 In winter generator long-term shut down, take measures to maintain body
temperature at + 5 (for example air chamber between the generator and the hydrogen
cooler install electric heater, but pay attention to fire prevention).
4 generator system test

4.1 test principle
4.1.1 all test should be carried out under shift leader or electrical monitor command.
4.1.2 During testing, repair, I&C and relevant personnel should be to the site and found
the problem in time and handle.
4.1.3 each test project shall implement the relevant provisions of the test.
4.1.4 after the test, test results, should be analyzed for setting value verification, and
test detailed records in the book.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
71/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
72/179
4.1.5 excitation system the AC and DC switch and signal transmission are right, no
abnormal phenomenon. Field suppression switch and the linkage of the unit protection
test are normal.
4.1.6 generator - transformer group protection control, interlock and function test are
right, signal of protection control circuit is normal.
4.2 generator water-break protect test
4.2.1 system check has finished, interlock test is qualified.
4.2.2 after stator cooling water tank filling water test qualified, open the water inlet valve
to fill tank water.
4.2.3 control power supply, power supply has been power on, the instrument and alarm
device have put into
4.2.4 start stator water cooling pump, adjust the stator water flow rate and pressure is
normal.
4.2.5 After system operating normally, the other stator cooling water pump put into
standby.
4.2.6 Open the generator outlet circuit breaker busbar side blade and manually close
the generator outlet circuit breakers.
4.2.7 measure and put into water protection linking piece.
4.2.8 contact I&C respectively short circuit generator stator cooling water inlet and outlet
differential pressure switch.
4.2.9 after 30 seconds, the generator outlet circuit breaker should be tripped, signal.
4.2.10 protection signal reset, check the water protection signals disappear
4.2.11 generator outlet circuit breaker will resume state before test.
4.2.12 generator stator cooling water system will resume state before test.
4.3 generator tightness test
4.3.1 generator filled with compressed air
4.3.2 generator sealing oil system put into operation, confirm the generator seal pad
forming normal seal oil pressure, differential pressure of oil and gas remain at around
0.084 MPa.
4.3.3 generator rotor in a static or turning state (turning gear: the replacing steam
consumption will increase sharply).
4.3.4 close import isolation valve between generator to hydrogen pressure control
device, remove the removable hydrogen pipe removable connecting pipe.
4.3.5 open drain valve between compressed air to H2 filling pipe, after drain shut down
the valve.
4.3.5 connection between compressed air pipe with hydrogen gas pipe is good.
4.3.6 open compressed air valve.
4.3.7 open export isolation valves between the generator to H2 pressure control device,
generator filled the air.
4.3.8 adjust compressed air isolation valve, to maintain the pressure in the machine
slowly rising.
4.3.9 after a period of time of generator filling compressed air, machine was 95% the
purity of the air inside, contact chemical sampling check.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
72/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
73/179
4.3.10 open leak detection drain valve and pipeline blowdown valve, hydrogen analyzer
inet and outlet blowdown valve, working condition monitor inet and outlet blowdown
valve, hydrogen desiccator inet and outlet blowdown valve, close them after exhaust
blown blind Angle closure 2 minutes.
4.3.11 adjustment of hydrogen pressure regulator, will increase gradually generator
inside pressure up to 0.3 MPa, and lock, at the same time pay attention to the sealing oil
pressure automatic tracking adjustment should be normal, oil differential pressure of
hydrogen at 0.084 MPa.
4.3.12 observation in pressure condition, and make records, contact maintenance to
search leaking point.
4.3.13 Generator leak regulation:
when the normal operation of the generator, hydrogen leakage amount < 11.3 m3 / day
generator wind pressure test calculation formula: L = 0.0588 the VP/T
L - leakage in generator units: cubic meters per day V - generator
volume units: cubic meters.
P - internal pressure variation during pressure units: mm hg.
T - the holding unit of time: hours
. (note: this formula is to simplify the environment temperature is 20 , the holding time
not less than 4 hours, 24 hours is recommended to reduce the influence of temperature,
the temperature change range as far as possible control in 1 , test time record from 1
hour after charging. Generator and gas pipeline airtight measure - pump pressure 0.4
MPa, leakage should be allowed is less than 11.3 m3 / day every day (wind pressure
calculation in experiment is air leakage. The actual quantity of hydrogen leakage = 3.8 by
air leakage)
4.4 sealing oil system test
4.4.1 sealing oil system differential pressure valve linkage test
4.4.2 confirm air side seal oil pump, high pressure standby seal oil pump, AC lubricating
oil pump are running normally.
4.4.3 standby differential pressure front isolation valve 265 is closed, hydrogen oil and
water monitoring cabinet and CRT "turbine standby oil perssure low signal
lights.
4.4.4 check and open the standby differential pressure valve front isolation valve 265,
when its air side high-pressure standby oil pressure up to 0.7 MPa, check the
hydrogen oil and water monitoring cabinet and CRT "turbine standby oil
pressure low" lights out.
4.4.5 slowly close down the air side oil pump outlet valve, when hydrogen oil differential
pressure dropped to 0.056 MPa, standby differential pressure valve264 open
and automatic adjustment, and maintain the differential pressure to operate.
4.4.6 Full close air side oil pump outlet valve, stop air side seal oil pump, monitoring the
air side seal oil pressure drop no longer, otherwise to setting standby differential
pressure valve 264.
4.4.7 check air side DC oil pump in the standby state, high-pressure standby oil source
is put into normally.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
73/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
74/179
4.4.8
close little the standby differential pressure valve front isolation valve 265, when
the hydrogen oil differential pressure dropped to 0.035 MPa, "seal oil low
pressure" signal lights, "standby seal oil supply pressure low" signal lights, air
side DC sealing oil pump start auto.
4.4.9 open air side sealing oil pump, slowly open the air side oil pump outlet valve,
check that the differential pressure valve 256 close little and automatic
adjustment, differential pressure of oil hydrogen recover to 0.084 MPa.
4.4.10 gradually open the standby differential pressure valve front isolation valve 265,
check the "spare oil seal oil supply pressure low light out, high pressure
standby seal oil pressure returned to normal.
4.4.11 after check, "seal oil low pressure" lights out, stop the air side DC seal oil pump,
return to normal operation mode, pay attention to the hydrogen oil differential
pressure is normal.
4.5 stator cooling water pump test
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.7.1
4.5.7.2
4.5.7.3
4.5.7.4
4.5.7.5
4.5.8
4.5.8.1
4.5.8.2
4.5.8.3
4.5.9
4.5.9.1
stator water cooling pump interlocking test

stator water tank water level is normal, check to confirm two stator water cooling
pumps have conditions to start, power onto and trial run is normal.
A stator water cooling pump running normally, confirm B stator water cooling
pump switch in the "remote control" position, and on the CRT into "automatic".
contact I&C froce main tube pressure for normal, shut down A pump, the pump B
automatically put into operation, reset B pump closing switch.
Put A pump "automatic"on the CRT, test A pump interlock with the same method.
test over, return to the state before test.
stator water cooling pump Low hydraulic linkage test
confirm two stator water cooling pump start-up condition, confirm the switch in
the "remote control" position.
Start A stator water cooling pump and normal operation, B pump in "automatic"
on the CRT.
contact I&C short circuit A stator water cooling pump inlet and outlet differential
pressure down to 0.14 MPa contact, B pump should be start automatically,
reset closing switch.
test A low pump hydraulic linkage test with the same techniques.
test end, restore state before test.
stator winding inlet and outlet water pressure drop big alarm test
start a stator water cooling pump, check system is normal.
contact I&C short ciruit pressure drop contact, check the alarm signal on CRT.
test end, restore the alarm value.
stator cooling water filter differential pressure High alarm test
start a stator water cooling pump, check system is normal.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
74/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
75/179
4.5.9.2 slowly open filter drain valve, check differential pressure is higher than normal
0.021 MPa, the differential pressure switch act, check the send out alarm
signal on CRT.
4.5.9.3 test end, close the screen discharge valve.
4.6 generator test
4.6.1 test preparation
4.6.1.1 check 400V MCC to excitation system the power supply has been disconnected,
the excitation power switch has been disconnected.
4.6.1.2 check excitation system output instruction in 0.
4.6.1.3 Synchronization device is normal.
4.6.1.4 generator protection device input (stop) is normal
4.6.1.5 check the generator outlet circuit breaker isolating switch in the off position.
4.6.1.6 check generator outlet voltage is zero.
4.6.1.7 Put into synchronization power switch
4.6.1.8 put into field suppression switch control power switch.
4.6.2 main switch open-close test
4.6.2.1 Close generator field suppression switch.
4.6.2.2 closed generator outlet circuit breaker in the DCS screen, confirm the feedback
is normal.
4.6.2.3 Open generator outlet circuit breaker in DCS , confirm feedback is normal.
4.6.3
4.6.3.1
4.6.3.2
4.6.3.3
4.6.4
4.6.4.1
4.6.4.2
4.6.4.3
4.6.4.4
4.6.5
4.6.5.1
4.6.5.2
4.6.5.3
4.6.5.4
4.6.5.5
4.6.5.6
field suppression switch linkage trip test

Put into excitation circuit trip (field suppression switch linkage trip) board.
contact relay protection personnel open the field suppression switch.
check the generator outlet circuit breaker should be tripped, feedback is normal.
restore operation after test
reset generator outlet circuit breaker, generator protection device and the field
suppression switch trip signals.
disconnect synchronization and auxiliary relay power supply.
disconnect the field suppression switch control power switch.
Remove excitation circuit trip (field suppression switch linkage trip) board.
after generator primary loop, secondary loop maintenance, should do the
following test according to the siteation:
generator no-load test
generator short circuit test
generator zero pressure test
generator overvoltage test
generator secondary loop phasing, measure vector
generator false synchronization parallel test
4.7 turbine and generator linkage trip test

4.7.1
4.7.2
electrical linkage trip turbine test

put in generator protection
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
75/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
76/179
4.7.3 Press generator emergency stop manual button

4.7.3.1 check the generator outlet switch trip, field suppression switch tripping, turbine
MSV closed, the alarm signal light.
4.7.3.2 reset the signal
4.7.4 turbine liankage trip generator test
4.7.4.1 Open MSV of turbine.
4.7.4.2 Close generator field suppression switch.
4.7.4.3 closed generator outlet switch in the DCS screen, feedback is normal.
4.7.4.4 check generator protection put into condition is normal
4.7.4.5 contact electrical protection personnel input reverse power signal.
4.7.4.6 after reverse power signal, operator press "emergency stop turbine" button on
the stage within 20 s.
4.7.4.7 Inspect MSV should be closed, generator outlet and field suppression switch
should be tripping, alarm signal light, and reset trip signal.
4.7.4.8 after all test, remove the force signal, recover the condition before the test.
5. Generator auxiliary device and motor operating specification

5.1 motor general rule
1.1 each motor shell shall have the nameplate rating of the factory, if nameplate lost,
should be according to manufacturer or the results make up for all the new
nameplate.
1.2 Standby motor should be able to start at any time, once every half a month should
be starting regularly, such as late starting, should measuring insulation before
starting, if cannot strat, once every half a month should be measuring insulation. If
the motor be affected with damp, insulation resistance of standby motor must be
qualified measuring, can spare.
1.3 fuse shell for protection plant motor, shall specify the rated current value of the melt,
the capacity of the fuse is 2 ~ 2.5 times of rated current of the motor.
1.4 important motor and the larger capacity of the motorshould have insulation register.
1.5
after motor repair, maintenance staff must fill in the maintenance of insulation
condition of written notice.
5.2 motor operating mode
2.1 motor in the rated cooling air temperature, according to the rated data stipulated in
the factory brand for operation.
2.2
under any operating mode, the highest monitoring temperature of the motor coil
and iron core should not exceed factory regulations, no factory regulations, refer
to the following table for monitoring. (table 3-4).
insulation grade
A
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
76/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
name
stator
coil
T
stator
iron
coreT
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
8
0
80
80
Page
77/179
85
10
0
10
0
10
0
10
5
12
5
10
5
2.3
motor operate within the scope of at rated voltage changes - 5% to + 5%, its rating
unchanged.
2.4 motor in rating running, voltage is imbalance, shall not exceed 5%.
2.5 the vibration of the motor during running should not exceed the following data (table
3-5)
speed(round/min)
3000
1500
1000
750 and below
vibration
amplitude(double)mm
0.05
0.085
0.10
0.12
2.6
The allowable temperature of the motor bearings should abide by the provisions of
the factory. No factory rules, according to the following standards
2.7 the sliding bearing, shall not exceed 80 ;
2.8 the rolling bearing, shall not exceed 100 .
5.3 operation and monitoring of the motor
3.1 The power off for plant motor, all should be operated by the personnel on duty.
When need to power off, shall have the equipment power off notice, then
operation personnel on duty to operate.
3.2 measuring insulation resistance value of the motor before put into operation which
stops for more than 15 days and after repairing.
3.2.1 2500 v shaking meter was used to measure insulation resistance value of 6.6 KV
motor static coil, its value should not less than 6 M .
3.2.2 400 V motor static coil and below insulation resistance value is measured with 500
V shaking table, its value should be not less than 0.5 M .
3.3 the check before motor starting:
3.3.1 no work on or near the motor and without sundry, working ticket should summarize
(trial running ticket return).
3.3.2 driven machinery by motor should have running conditions, can start, protection
has put into.
3.3.3 oil level in bearing and the starting device should be normal. Bearing such as
strong lubrication and cooling water, oil system and water system should be put
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
77/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
78/179
into operation firstly.

3.3.4 starting device is in the starting position or not. On the rotor for wound rotor motor,
should pay special attention to whether the brush and slip ring contact closely,
slip ring short circuit device is in the off position or not, the starting resistance is
all put into. For synchronous motors and DC motors, commutator surface should
be in good condition, brush contact closely;
3.3.5 the gate transfer outvalve cooling air is open. water system for large closed motor
air cooler is put into operation;
3.3.6 try to turn the rotor to confirm no friction between rotor and stator, no stuck of the
mechanical driven by rotor;
3.3.7 reversal phenomenon caused by the machine, if any, should be managed to stop
the inversion;
3.3.8 check each screw, ground line, the back wheel cover, wire cover should be strong.
3.4 motor startup
3.4.1
for distance switching operation motor, external inspection shall be done by
personnel responsible for motor, notice the distance operator, that the motor
is ready to start.
Starting motor, the personnel on duty should be monitor the starting process
by current meter; After the start, should check whether the current of the
motor is more than ratings, review motor itself if something abnormal.
For new installations or overhaul the motor operating at distance closing, on-site
staff should be stay near the motor, to speed up to the rated speed.
3.4.2 Squirrel cage rotor motor under normal circumstances, allowed starting 2 times in
cold state, each interval time shall not be less than 5 minutes; Starting one
under hot state. Only when dealing with the accident and the starting time is not
more than 2 ~ 3 seconds motor, can start again.
Cold state: motor stalling for half an hour is called cold state;
Hot state: motor switch closing current decay to zero stalling state.
3.4.3 before start turbine, BFPT and the sealing oil DC oil pump, should be confirmed
the DC system bus voltage is normal.
3.4.4 before start 6.6 KV auxiliary equipment, should be confirmed the corresponding
6.6 KV bus voltage is normal, should monitor the 6.6 KV bus voltage, auxiliary
equipment starting current and start time when startup,.
3.4.5 Before startup unit, put into all kinds of protection of corresponding equipment.
3.4.6 shut down 6.6 KV auxiliary, bus load is balanced basically.
3.4.7 6.6 KV auxiliary restart should be in conformity with the relevant provisions of the
electrical, under normal circumstances allowed in cold start twice, hot start
once.
3.4.8
motor with electric heating devices, should be taken out electric heating device
before starting.
3.5 monitoring the operation motor
3.5.1 the current exceed the allowable values of the motor, if more than, should report
to leader, and take measures according to the instructions.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
78/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
79/179
3.5.2
inspection bearing lubricating oil and temperature is normal, for the oil ring type
lubrication bearing, oil ring rotation is flexible, oil level of the oil cavity is normal.
Of power lubrication bearing, should check whether the oil system and cooling
water system running normally.
3.5.3 the sound of the motor without abnormal sound, have coke smell or not.
3.5.4 the motor surrounding temperature should not exceed the prescribed, keep clean
near the motor. (there should be no coal ash, moisture, oil, metal wire, cotton
yarn). Maintenance personnel should be regularly clean the motor.
3.5.5 cooled by external air, should keep clear of pipeline, fan operation is normal, tight
junction, gate in the correct position. For large closed cooling motor, should
check whether the cooling water system running normally or not. The cooling
water pipe should not leak, seepage.
3.5.6 record motor meter readings and start-stop time on time, with reason and found
everything anomaly.
3.5.7 for DC motor should pay attention to check the following items:
3.5.7.1 brush have blaze, shaking or jamming or not.
3.5.7.2 brush soft copper braid is complete, if there is a touch shell phenomenon.
3.5.7.3 brush is grinding to the specified value.
3.5.7.4 brush have abnormal vibration phenomenon caused by slip ring, commutator
wear unevenly, among the commutator mica bulge, brush fixed is too loose,
the unit vibration.
5.4 motor abnormal and trouble shooting
4.1 should immediately stop the using motor in the following siteations.
4.1.1 need to immediately stop using motor when accidents occurs;
4.1.2 the mechanical driven by motor damage to dangerous levels;
4.1.3 motor or starting equipment fire or smoke.
4.2
in the following cases, standby motor can start firstly for the important auxiliary
power, and then stop running motor.
4.2.1 finds abnormal sound or insulation in motor has the smell of burning;
4.2.2 motor or starter is spark or smoke;
4.2.3 stator current exceeds normal runtime data;
4.2.4 appear strong vibration;
4.2.5 bearing temperature to rise that is not allowbale;
4.2.6 large closed cooling motor cooling water system is malfunction.
4.3 important plant motor trip, if no standby motor or not quickly standby motor starting,
in order to guarantee the power supply, allows to force start tripped motor, but
except for the following siteations:
4.3.1 tripping motor protect brand and its subordinate bus bar grounding signal light.
4.3.2 on motor starting device or power supply cables have obvious phenomena of
short circuit or damage;
4.3.3 Need to immediately stop when personal accident happened
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
79/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
80/179
4.3.4 mechanical driven by motor is damage.

4.3.5 important plant motor loss of voltage, or voltage falls, in 1 minute time, prohibit the
personnel on duty manually shutdown the plant motor.
4.3.6 motor is on fire, cut off the power of the motor firstly, the special fire extinguishers
for electrical equipment should be used, such as carbon dioxide (CO 2) carbon
tetrachloride (CL4).
4.4 after switch on when start the motor, no rotation only sound heared, or does not
meet the normal speed, the reasons for this may be as follows:
4.4.1 static circuit break a phase (fuse mutually fusing, cable head or a bad contact of
circuit breaker)
4.4.2 in the rotor circuit disconnection and poor contact (squirrel-cage motor in end ring
and copper (aluminum) open welding, wound rotor type motor brush or its lead
poor contact)
4.4.3 motor or mechanical drag by motor are stuck.
4.4.4 new installation or after overhaul motor, static circuit wiring errors.
4.4.5 blaze at startup motor should stop start, after checking analysis could be squirrel
cage faults or with open end ring welding, is determined by the electrical
maintenance staff can start again the smoke or fire in the operation, immediately
stop running, disconnect the power supply put out the fire. Inform electrical
maintenance staff processing (should starting standby motor firstly if have).
4.5 the new installation or overhaul motor starting, short circuit or overload protection
device act, the possible reasons are as follows:
4.5.1 driven mechanical failure;
4.5.2 short-circuit in motor or cables;
4.5.3 wound rotor type motor startup slip ring short circuit, or rheostat is not in the
starting position;
4.5.4
short circuit protection device setting current action is too small, overload
protection device didn't have enough time.
4.6 running motor, the sound suddenly changes, the current value ammeter indicated
increase or reduce to zero, the possible reasons are as follows:
4.6.1 a phase break in stator circuit;
4.6.2 system voltage drop;
4.6.3 winding interturn short circuit;
4.6.4 driven mechanical failure.
4.7 running motor, stator current periodic oscillation occurs, the possible reasons are as
follows:
4.7.1 squirrel-cage rotor copper (aluminum) of damage;
4.7.2 rotor winding around the compound head damage;
4.7.3 wound rotor motor slip ring circuit device or rheostat have poor contact problems;
4.7.4 uneven changes in the mechanical load.
4.8 motor static abnormal heating.
4.8.1 check the inlet air temperature, ventilation and cooling water system is normal;
4.8.2 Whether motor duct blockage, blades fracture;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
80/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
81/179
4.8.3
4.9
4.9.1
4.9.2
4.9.3
4.9.4
4.9.5
4.9.6
4.9.7
4.9.8
4.9.9
Whether three phase current balance, current exceed the normal operation value.
motor intense vibration occurs, the possible reasons are as follows:
between motor and the driven mechanical center are not straight;
units out of balance (including mechanical rotating parts and motor rotor);
rotational part and static friction;
bearing damage or journal wear;
coupling and its linkage damage;
driven mechanical damage;
squirrel-cage rotor end ring crack or bad contact with copper (aluminum);
motor rotor core damage or loose, shaft bending or cracking;
Some motor parts (such as bearing and end cover, etc.) is flabby, or connection to
the motor base and foundation fastening;
4.9.10 Motor stator, rotor air gap is uneven and more than the specified value.
4.10 bearing too much heat, and its possible reasons are as follows:
4.10.1 oil supply is insufficient;
4.10.2 oil is not clear, the oil is too strong, there is water in the oil, wrong kind of oil;
4.10.3 drive belt pull too tight, bearing cover too tight, bearing surface not well, bearing
gap is too small (typically occur after installation or maintenance);
4.10.4 motor shaft or the bearing tilt (usually occurs after installation or maintenance);
4.10.5 center deviation and elastic coupling convex tooth uneven;
4.10.6 rolling bearing internal wear;
4.10.7 bearing is energized, shaft neck abrasion, not only bearing alloy melting, etc.;
4.10.8 rotor is not in the magnetic field, both axial channeling dynamic, bearing knock or
bearing by extrusion.
4.11 in the operation of the wound rotor motor brush a blaze, the possible reasons are
as follows:
4.11.1 brush and slip ring grinding smooth not enough;
4.11.2 slip ring surface is not clean or badly worn;
4.11.3 brush pressure uneven;
4.11.4 slip ring axial channeling move greatly.
5.5 generator hydrogen cooling system put into, running and stop
5.1
check before put into operation
5.1.1
check all hydrogen cooling system maintenance work over, PTW finished and
site cleaning, pipeline system, the equipment is in good condition, the
generator end manhole cover plate has good cover, system wind pressure
test is qualified.
5.1.2
the main engine lube oil system, generator sealing oil system, closed water
system has been put into normal operation
5.1.3
check I&C meter, the signal is complete, and contact I&C to power on, interlock
protection put into, put into hydrogen, oil tank, water monitoring cabinet,
power on motor-driven valve
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
81/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
82/179
5.1.4
ensuring check hydrogen cooler temperature regulator in the "manual" position,

and supply control gas source, flexible operation without jamming
phenomenon, switch in the right direction.
5.1.5 check hydrogen gas dryer in standby.
5.1.6
in accordance with the "system check card" puts the valves on required position.
5.1.7
Cooperate with I&C to verificate the meter, signal and automatic adjusting
device of the hydrogen cold system.
5.1.8 check carbon dioxide is enough, the gas supply pressure is 0.63 ~ 0.7 MPa.
5.1.9
contact maintenance, connecting pipe behind the generator hydrogen pressure
regulator.
5.2
the generator hydrogen system operation conditions
5.2.1 generator is prohibited running without hydrogen, under the rated speed or load.
5.2.2 in the process of gas switch, carbon dioxide or nitrogen must be used as
intermediate medium for the generator, it is strictly prohibited to replace air,
hydrogen direct contact. Banned CFC mixed with hydrogen, lest produce
poisonous gas.
5.2.3 generator hydrogen filling inside, there must be a seal oil, the air side oil
pressure shall ensure greater than hydrogen pressure 0.084 MPa.
5.2.4
to fill generator hydrogen cooler water or shut down the cooling water, the
generator inlet air temperature (40-48 cold hydrogen temperature),
attention should be paid to prevent hydrogen pressure change is too big,
when the unit load rejection, should be monitoring hydrogen cooler valve
close down, to prevent hydrogen temperature fell sharply.
5.2.5
generator filled with hydrogen, lubricating oil system and the air side of the oil
smoke exhaust fan must be put into operation.
5.2.6
Open flame is strictly forbidden in 10 meters hydrogen filling equipment, if
welding work must be conducted, shall strictly comply with the relevant
regulations of the "regulations of fire" and so on.
5.2.7
in running, generator oil leakage indicator discharge oil, we should pay attention
to adjust the seal oil pressure, closely monitor defoaming box and hydrogen
fuel tank oil level, if leakage indicator released water, should be appropriate
increase air temperature, and check the function of the hydrogen gas dryer.
hydrogen cooler or stator water cooling system may be leakage, shall
promptly notify the maintenance check.
5.3
the points for attention during the gas displacement
5.3.1
when open the carbon dioxide or nitrogen gas bottle, should slowly, such as
frozen block occur, toasted defrost with tap-water, and to shorten the
replacing time, when necessary, can use a number of carbon dioxide or
nitrogen supply at the same time, pay attention to the carbon dioxide frost on
the surface of the bottle, the frost layer rose to bottle 0.5 meters above,
should be replaced in time, the pressure in the bottle should not be all
discharged, the bottle should be replaced when co2 cylinder pressure
dropped to 0.5 MPa.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
82/179
Department
O&M
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
5.4.6
5.4.7
5.4.8
5.4.9
5.4.10
5.4.11
5.4.11
5.4.12
Electrical Systems
Page
83/179
gas displacement should be performed in generator static or turning gear

condition, if there's an emergency, can slow down and speed of the generator
< 1000 r/min for gas exchange, in the process of the whole gas switch, seal
oil pressure is normal, the generator hydrogen pressure maintain within 5-20
kpa, should pay close attention to the generator hydrogen pressure, air
temperature, oil pressure, oil seal soft foam box, hydrogen side back to the
fuel tank oil level.
when hydrogen system tightness is bad, we don't cut to hydrogen operation, it is
forbidden to dismantle the sealing pad to operate.
carbon dioxide replacement air
according to the volume confirmed carbon dioxide purity is not less than 98%
and moisture content in accordance with the quality shall not be greater than
0.1% and shall not contain corrosive impurities.
check each instrument primary valve full open, each instrument are normal.
check full open import and export total valves of hydrogen gas dryer, closed
blowdown valve, at the bottom of the dryer of A and B, two blowdown valves
are closed.
check at the bottom of the leakage indicator tube blowdown valve and signal pipe
blowdown valve closed, and leak detection meter inlet and outlet vent valves
open.
check generator insulation overheat monitor and inlet and outlet pipeline
drainage valve closed, monitor the inlet and outlet valves open.
check hydrogen pressure and differential pressure transmitter primary valve full
open, valve closed after discharge of oil-water.
inspection at the top of sampling device the sampling valve full open, sampling at
the bottom of the valve is shut, blowdown valve closed
check hydrogen discharge total valve and total discharge valve open, carbon
dioxide emissions valve closed, hydrogen valve closed, removed can be
moved connecting pipe (execute before the air is filled in the generator).
check carbon dioxide total valve, co2 gas source connected to the bottom flow
tube.
open all manual valve and isolation valve on carbon dioxide bus-bar, open the
co2 bottles exit valve.
carbon dioxide bus-bar all valves open to maintain the generator hydrogen
generator filling CO2 pressure 5-20 kpa, pay attention to 3 meters to generator
should not have frost on carbon dioxide intake pipe, pay attention to the
sealing oil pressure tracking adjustment to normal.
1.5 times filling the generator capacity of carbon dioxide, check purity meter
carbon dioxide instructions should be 85%, generator internal pressure not to
exceed 20 kpa, otherwise continue to filling the CO2.
one by one, open the sampling device blowdown valve, generator insulation
overheating monitors inlet and outlet valve, inlet and outlet valves of hydrogen
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
83/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
84/179
desiccator blowdown valves, the leak detection meter drain valve, closing after
2 minutes exhaust.
5.4.13 when the meter reading carbon dioxide purity of more than 85% purity, contact
chemical sampling.
5.4.14 Close outlet valve of co2 bottles .
5.4.15 Close CO2 bus-bar all valves and isolation valves.
5.4.16 Close carbon dioxide intake valve.
5.5
replacement steps CO2 with hydrogen
5.5.1 confirm hydrogen purity according to the volume is not less than 99.5%, the new
hydrogen humidity (dew point temperature) < 25 , restore the hydrogen
system can move over, first hydrogen should hydrogen pipe purging
replacement, filling hydrogen regulating valve bypass valve, by filling hydrogen
internal pressure regulator adjusting machine, such as USES is bottled
hydrogen displacement criterion by hydrogen bottles of bus-bar pressure
regulator adjusting the pressure in the machine.
5.5.2 Open CO2emissions valve, close hydrogen discharge valve, the exhaust pipe
connected at the bottom of the flow tube.
5.5.3 open the sampling valve at the bottom of sampling device, closed sampling valve
at the top of the sampling device. The sampling device sampling tube connect to
the convergence of the bottom tube.
5.5.4 check hydrogen source to the hydrogen pressure control line pressure is 0.63 to
0.7 MPa, open the hydrogen supply valve.
5.5.5 open the hydrogen filling bypass valve or pressure regulator adjusting the stress
on the pipeline is 0.021 ~ 0.035 MPa.
5.5.6 when filling 2.5 times generator capacity hydrogen, check purity meter indicates
is 95% hydrogen, contact chemical sampling check.
5.5.7 one by one, open the drain valve, the sampling device insulation overheat
monitoring instrument import and export drain valve, hydrogen desiccator drain
valve, the import and export pipeline leak detection and drain valve, drain valve
behind hydrogen pressure regulator, the generator outlet box drain valve,
steam, excitation end exhaust blown, close after 2 minutes blow blind Angle.
5.5.8
After hydrogen purity of 98%, close the carbon dioxide exhaust valve and total
discharge valve.
5.5.9 adjustment of hydrogen pressure regulator will gradually within the generator
hydrogen pressure up to 0.1 MPa, and lock, at the same time
Note automatic tracking adjustment should be normal, the oil pressure seal
oil differential pressure of hydrogen at 0.084 MPa.
5.5.10 according to hydrogen temperature, put into cooling water regulator "automatic" in
a timely.
5.6 with CO2 exchange hydrogen operation steps
5.6.1 Open sampling valve at the top of the sampling device, close sampling valve and
blowdown valve at the bottom of the sampling device, install sampling tube
connected to the top of the bus.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
84/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
85/179
5.6.2
open slowly the hydrogen exhaust valve and total discharge valve, the generator
hydrogen pressure drop to 0.01 MPa, pay attention to the sealing oil pressure
automatic tracking down.
5.6.3 hydrogen fiilled valve closed, removed moved connecting pipe.
5.6.4 check and open the filled carbon dioxide total valve, shut off the carbon dioxide
emissions.
5.6.5
open carbon dioxide bus-bar all manual valve and isolation valve, open carbon
dioxide bottle exit valve, to filling CO2 and maintain the generator hydrogen pressure 520Kpa, should not have cream on the carbon dioxide intake pipe 3 meters from
generator.
5.6.6
filling carbon dioxide the 2.0 times capacity of generator, check purity meter
carbon dioxide instructions should be 95%, contact chemical sampling check.
5.6.7 one by one, open the sampling device drain valve, insulation monitors and the
inlet and outlet drain valve, hydrogen desiccator inlet and outlet drain valve, the drain
valve leakage indicator, close after 2 minutes of pipeline leak detection drain valve
exhaust.
5.6.8
when generator inside carbon dioxide purity over 95%, close carbon dioxide
bottle exit valve, carbon dioxide bus-bar all manual valves and isolation valves.
5.6.9
Close hydrogen exhaust valve7 and carbon dioxide air filled valve.
5.7 replace carbon dioxide with air, operation steps:
5.7.1 comprehensive check each valve position of the generator hydrogen system
correctly, the instrument put into; Confirm the sealing oil system running normally.
5.7.2 close hydrogen main pipe to generator hydrogen pressure control station manual
valve and hydrogen bus manual valve, remove the hydrogen line movable connecting
pipe.
5.7.3 remove of compressed air pipeline plug plate, connecting the compressed air to
hydrogen pipeline.
5.7.4 heck and close generator hydrogen manual valve, open manual valve for filling
hydrogen, open generator exhaust valve.
5.7.5 slowly open carbon dioxide bleed manual valve and compressed air to the
generator gas supply valve, maintain generator pressure within 5-20 kpa, and pay
attention to the seal oil pressure automatically adjust track is normal.
5.7.6 when generator inside the purity of the air was 95%, contact chemical sampling
check.
5.7.7 open the drain valve of leakage indicator, leak detection meter pipeline vent
valve, gas purity analyzer inlet and outlet drain valve, inlet and outlet drain valve of
overheating insulation monitoring device, hydrogen drying equipment inlet and outlet
drain valve, close after 2 minutes each exhaust blown blind Angle.
5.7.8
when generator air purity of 100%, close generator hydrogen make up manual
valve and compressed air to the generator gas supply valve.
5.7.9
notify maintenance to remove connecting pipe of compressed air to the
hydrogen filled pipe.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
85/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
86/179
5.7.10
according to need, compressed air pressure dropping to zero, close
generator exhaust CO2 manual valve and generator exhaust pipe manual valve.
5.8 generator leak provisions:
When the normal operation, the generator hydrogen leakage amount < 10 nm3 / day
Generator air pressure test calculation formula: L = 0.0588 the VP/T.
L - leakage in generator units: cubic meters per day
V - generator volume unit: cubic meters.
P - internal pressure variation during pressure units: mm hg.
T - the holding unit of time: hours
Note: this formula is to simplify the environment temperature is 20 , the holding time
not less than 4 hours, 24 hours is recommended to reduce the influence of temperature,
the temperature change range as far as possible control in 1 , test time to 1 hour after
charging - start time.
Generator and gas pipeline airtight measure - pump pressure 0.4 MPa, leakage should
be allowed is less than 11.3 m3 / day every day (wind pressure calculation in experiment
is air leakage. The actual quantity of hydrogen leakage = 3.8 by air leakage)
2.5.7
hydrogen dryer operation
2.5.9.1
the end of check the air tightness test, and test is qualified.
2.5.9.2 hydrogen drying system all the pressure and temperature meters inputs, two
four-way valve rotation is normal, and the replacing over, generator has filled hydrogen
and rolling up.
2.5.9.3 check and open hydrogen desiccator inlet and outlet valve V14, V15, oil filter
inlet and outlet valve V1, V2, hydrogen desiccator regeneration inlet valve V6, steam
separator outlet valve V7 and separator drainage water primary valve V8, oil and gas
separator drain primary valve V11.
2.5.9.4 check and close hydrogen desiccator hydrogen pipe sampling inlet and outlet
valves V4 and V5, purging air inlet and outlet valves V9, V10.
2.5.9.5 hydrogen dryer control three phase four wire air switch, check the touch screen
backlight lights up,go into the splash screen shown in the product model and enterprise
name, after six seconds automatically entered into the "main scenes".
2.5.9.6
touch the main scene "run" button to check the device has reached the
running state, after six seconds the touch screen is automatically entered into "display
picture".
check the fan impeller icon in the "flash" state, according to "renewable heating
dryericon at the top of the rise in temperature indicating;
2.5.9.7
into the "set" screen, check the set A and B dryer "heating time" is 4 hours,
"maximum temperature "is 135 , "minimum temperature 125 ;
2.5.9.8
hydrogen desiccator in normal operation, should be purge of oil-water
separator (V11, V12 valve), water vapor separator (V8, V13 valve), gas outlet valve (V10)
pollution per shift.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
86/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
87/179
To prevent excessive water, causing loss of the heater.

2.5.9.9
If generator outage parallel off, should be timely disconnect hydrogen dryer
control cabinet three phase four wire air switch, stop hydrogen dryer.
2.5.10
abnormal handling
2.5.10.1 hydrogen pressure drop
2.5.10.1.1 phenomenon: the generator hydrogen pressure drop;
DCS picture "hydrogen pressure low" sound and light alarm signal.
2.5.10.1.2 analysis and handling:
2.5.10.1.2.1 contrasting checking the hydrogen pressure table, confirm the hydrogen
pressure is less than 0.38 MPa.
If hydrogen pressure at that time can not return to ratings, should according to the
generator output curve, adjust the generator with the load.
2.5.10.1.2.2 if seal oil pressure disorder, then find the reason, and take measures to
eliminate.
If can't restore in a short period of time, should report to shift leader, appropriate to
reduce the load, and lower hydrogen pressure operation, in order to maintain normal
differential pressure between seal oil pressure and hydrogen pressure.
2.5.10.1.2.3 confirm main tube for hydrogen pressure too low, should contact the
hydrogen station to recover main tube pressure.
If pressure regulator adjust failure, change to manually fill hydrogen, maintain hydrogen
pressure rating.
2.5.10.1.2.4 discharge valve open or closed malfunction, should quickly find and
processing.
2.5.10.1.2.5 if oil pressure is normal, should according to the hydrogen pressure
instructions, to make up generator hydrogen, such as hydrogen is invalid and deal with
the hydrogen generator system pipeline and valve and find the leak point.
If hydrogen leakage point can't eliminate in the operation of the generator, should reduce
the hydrogen pressure operation, at the same time, according to the generator operation
rules to reduce the load, and pay attention to monitor the hydrogen generator inlet
temperature, outlet temperature, hydrogen iron core and coil temperature, stop unit as
soon as possible for treatment.
Other monitoring of hydrogen leakage points, prepare prevention hydrogen explosion
near hydrogen leakage.
If hydrogen leakage is serious, unable to maintain a minimum hydrogen pressure (0.035
MPa) running, stop the processing.
2.5.10.2 generator hydrogen temperature drop, shall check the working condition of
hydrogen gas cooler outlet temperature control valve.
If regulating valve failure, manual adjustment, and contact I&C to process.
2.5.10.3 hydrogen pressure rise:
2.5.10.3.1 hydrogen pressure rise, should check the meter.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
87/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
88/179
Confirm hydrogen pressure rising, should shut down the generator hydrogen pressure
regulator isolation valve, and open the drain valve that reduce the hydrogen pressure to
normal.
2.5.10.3.2 Check whether hydrogen generator temperature rise or not, if rise, must find
out the reason, and try to return to normal.
2.5.10.4
liquid leak detector high level alarm
2.5.10.4.1 when liquid leak detector a liquid level reaches the alarm value, the alarm
signal, operators should check all leak detector, determine the leak detector, diagnose
fault degree and the treatment as following:
2.5.10.4.2 open the leak detector discharge valve, check the leakage of oil or water.
If the leakage of the stator cooling water, shall be immediately check the reason,
according to the generator stator bar or aqueduct water treatment.
If the leakage of hydrogen cooler, should separate hydrogen cooler, according to the
leakage of hydrogen cooler, adjust the generator load.
If oil leak, adjust the seal oil pressure is normal, should be paid attention to monitor the
defoaming box and hydrogen side back to the fuel tank oil level.
2.5.10.4.3 Discharge valve should be immediately shut down after the liquid in detector
empty.
2.5.10.4.4
if leakage is larger, alarm soon after clean liquid, should find out the reason
immediately eliminate in time.
2.5.10.5 hydrogen temperature is high
2.5.10.5.1 when cold hydrogen temperatures above 50 , a "high temperature
hydrogen" alarm signals, operation personnel should immediately check the temperature
indicator value, determine the degree of alarm.for processing:
2.5.10.5.2
check the cooling water temperature and cooling water regulation device,
found that automatic regulation failure, should be timely manual adjustment, if adjust
unsmooth, bypass valve should be on manually adjusted, keep the cooling water flow
rate, to make cold hydrogen temperature drop 46 below, and inform the maintenance
staff maintenance flow control device.
2.5.10.5.3
If partial failure of hydrogen cooler, according to the following principles to
treat:
When the generator hydrogen pressure rated 0.40 MPa conditions, a quarter of
group hydrogen cooler exits, allowed 80% rated load.
Operators should be continuous monitoring of cold hydrogen temperatures to no more
than 48 . Adjust the unit load to restore hydrogen temperature below alarm value.
5.6 Generator sealing oil system put into, operation and stop
6.1
the start preparation
6.1.1 all kinds of control power supply, signal power supply input.
I&C instrument complete and put into operation.
6.1.2 System safety valve, differential pressure regulating valve, relief valve, balance
valve check is normal.
6.1.3 motor insulation measurement, mechanical parts ready to power on.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
88/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
89/179
6.1.4 closed water system in operation.

6.1.5 open pressure gauge, differential pressure meter of the system, regulator valve,
and oil level test isolation valve, all mesh flexible rotation.
6.1.6
generator hydrogen oil and water working condition monitor cabinet, leak
detector putting-in-service, acousto-optic alarm detection is normal, and shows good.
6.1.7 confirm the lubricating oil system, air hydrogen side sealed tank, generator two
both sides of the foam tank oil level is normal.
6.1.8 air, hydrogen side seal oil pump inlet valves open.
6.1.9 hydrogen side seal oil pump outlet recycle valves open properly.
6.1.10 open air, hydrogen side sealing oil cooler side inlet and outlet valve.
open standby oil cooler side outlet valve, close inlet valve and water side inlet valve
close, and outlet valve open.
6.1.11 air, hydrogen side seal oil filter inlet and outlet valve open, the standby screen
valve open, inlet valve closed.
6.1.12 air side seal oil pump outlet and main tube manual valve open.
6.1.13 complete withdrawal hydrogen side return oil tank top and bottom four thimble
handwheel, make two floating ball valve in the free state.
6.2
sealing oil system operation rules
6.2.1 the sealing oil system should be put into operation before the generator gas
displacement.
6.2.2 hydrogen is filled in the generator or turbine turning gear, seal oil pressure must
be maintained.
6.2.3 generator inside filled with hydrogen, the main fuel tank and air side sealing tank
smoke exhaust fan should run continuously.
6.2.4 before sealing oil system put into, should be put into main turbine lube oil
system.
6.2.5 Before lube oil main tank discharge, has to finished hydrogen generator
replacement.
6.2.6 downtime or during normal operation, if the hydrogen side oil pump fault handles,
allows hydrogen side pump temporarily run out, but should pay close attention to the
hydrogen purity change of no less than 90%, fault elimination immediately after put into
operation.
6.2.7 during downtime hydrogen not discharge, generator and its hydrogen pipe within
10 meters near open flame is prohibited.
6.2.8 generator hydrogen pressure is less than 0.1 MPa, pay attention to the hydrogen
side sealing oil return oil tank and foam tank oil level, prevent the sealing oil into the
generator.
6.3
the sealing oil system put into
6.3.1 start a smoke exhaust fan, after running normally, standby fume extractor
interlocking input.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
89/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
90/179
6.3.2 confirm air side seal oil pump start-up condition is met, open the main differential
pressure oil valve, hydrogen signal valve, start the air side sealing oil pump, check as
well.
6.3.3
check the generator seal pad air side oil pressure is normal, make up the hydrogen side
return oil tank oil level to normal, the air side DC seal oil pump put into standby.
6.3.4 check the differential pressure valve regulating normal, differential pressure
indicator 84 kpa.
6.3.5
start the hydrogen side AC seal oil pump, pump outlet recycle valve remain air side,
hydrogen side seal oil pressure difference should not exceed + 490 pa, hydrogen into
another side AC oil pump standby.
6.3.6 open both sides balance valve of the sealing oil, air side, hydrogen side seal oil
pressure signal valve, the balancing valve input, pay attention to monitor the normal
adjustment.
6.3.7 startup process, when the sealing oil temperature rise to 43 , check air
hydrogen side seal oil cooling lubrication and cooling water control valve movement is
normal, keep the oil temperature is between 40 ~ 49 .
6.3.8 in accordance with the provisions for the protection of the sealing oil system of
and oil pump linkage test.
6.4
normal operation maintenance
6.4.1 unit run normally keep the hydrogen pressure 0.4 MPa.
6.4.2 keep oil hydrogen pressure difference in the range of 0.08 ~ 0.084 MPa.
6.4.3 air side, hydrogen side sealing oil for oil pressure difference in the range of + 490
pa.
6.4.4 seal oil cooler outlet oil temperature should be kept between 40 ~ 49 .
6.4.5 air side seal oil return oil temperature of 55 or less.
6.4.6 hydrogen side seal oil return oil temperature 65 or less.
6.4.7 oil pump and motor bearing oil level, the temperature, vibration are normal etc.
6.4.8 hydrogen side fuel tank oil level is normal.
6.4.9 air side return oil tank vacuum in - 250 - - 250 pa.
6.4.10 turbine high-pressure standby oil supply pressure is greater than 0.7 MPa.
6.4.11 Smoke exhaust machine running well.
6.4.12 scraping plate filter of sealing oil system, every eight hours should turn the
handle, clean up dirt.
6.5
stop
6.5.1
after shutdown, identified within the generator hydrogen displacement and
other gases have discharge clear, and turning gear stop.
6.5.2
close front and back manual valve of seal oil standby oil source differential
pressure regulating valve, confirm the bypass valve closed.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
90/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
91/179
6.5.3 remove hydrogen side seal oil pump linkage, stop the hydrogen side seal oil
pump, close the sealing oil pump inlet valve, the recirculation valve.
6.5.4 remove air side seal oil pump linkage, stop air side seal oil pump, seal oil pump
inlet valve.
6.5.5 after stop sealing oil system oil return, the smoke exhaust fan can stop running.
6.5.6 If oil pump need maintenance, stop the pump motor power.
6.6
Air side, hydrogen side seal oil oil source
6.6.1 air side seal oil oil source
Working oil source: air side seal oil normal oil source provided by the exchange seal oil
pump, the main differential pressure valve guarantee hydrogen oil differential pressure
0.084 MPa.
First standby oil source, is 2.1 MPa by turbine main oil pump high pressure oil, or high
voltage alternate seal oil pump to 0.8 ~ 1.2 MPa high-pressure oil, when the main oil
source fault, hydrogen oil differential pressure to 0.056 MPa, the oil source by standby
differential pressure regulator control automatic investment adjustment, maintain
hydrogen oil differential pressure 0.056 MPa.
The second standby oil source, is provided by the dc oil pump seal, when the hydrogen
pressure drop to 0.035 MPa, start the dc oil pump seal, the seal oil pressure hydrogen
recovery and ensure the oil differential pressure 0.084 MPa.
The oil pump only allow 1 hour or so, such as the former two levels of oil sources in a
short period of time can't restore operation, hydrogen pressure shall be dropped to 0.014
MPa, so as to avoid dc oil pump shut down caused by leakage of hydrogen.
Third standby oil source: by the supply of the engine lubricating oil system, provide the
low oil pressure, asked the oil source in seal oil inlet oil pressure not less than 0.2 MPa.
The oil source after put into operation, maintain the generator hydrogen pressure 0.014
MPa.
6.6.2
hydrogen side seal oil oil source
The normal work of the hydrogen side seal oil seal oil pump supply oil source by the
hydrogen side of the communication, the ac seal oil pump fault or ac oil pump entrance
differential pressure drops to 0.035 MPa, the hydrogen side spare seal oil pump
automatic linkage with hydrogen side seal oil.
6.7
abnormal handling
6.7.1 seal oil pressure is low
6.7.1.1 reason
1 seal oil pump doesn't run properly.
2 seal oil strainer serious congestion.
3 seal tile serious leak.
4 the sealing oil pump recirculation valve a mistake or failure.
5 differential pressure regulating valve don't work properly.
6.7.1.2 processing
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
91/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
92/179
6.7.1.2.1
check standby oil source input, standby input differential pressure valve, to
insure the normal oil hydrogen pressure difference.
6.7.1.2.2 If caused by sealing oil strainer plug, switch into standby screen, inform the
relevant personnel.
6.7.1.2.3 If caused by sealing oil pump recirculation door, adjust the recirculation door.
6.7.1.2.4
If seal tile serious leak, report Shift leader, contact process, such as can not
keep running, it is necessary to stop the machine for instructions.
5.7 Generator stator cooling system put into, operation and stop
7.1 check stator water cooling system
7.1.1 confirm stator water cooling system wash over, maintenance PTW all end, site
cleaning, system equipment, pipe is in good condition.
7.1.2 check stator cooling water pump interlock lifted, first start after repair, should be
manually set back wheel, flexible without jamming and the single running in normal (to
normal, normal bearing oil level, temperature, vibration).
7.1.3 check filling water valve in generator stator cooling water tank, cooler cooling
water adjust valve in "manual" position.
7.1.4 check I&C meter, complete signal protection, reliable input.
Contact I&C power, put into hydrogen, oil, water monitoring cabinet.
7.1.5 Power on cooling water regulator gas source and electromagnetic valve power
supply, valve flexible operation without jamming, switch in the right direction.
7.1.6 puts system valve in normal position.
7.1.7 ion exchanger reliable backup.
Conductivity meter in good condition, can be used
7.2
Water filling and air exhaust of stator water cooling system
7.2.1 contact chemical assay makeup water quality if qualified, open stator cooling
water tank valve, from the condensate pumps to generator stator cooling water tank.
7.2.2
Makeup water electromagnetic valve input automatically, checks should be
open, and adjust the filling water pressure reducing valve, filling water pressure at about
0.53 MPa and locking.
7.2.3
when ion exchanger air is discharge clear, close the air valve.
7.2.4
when stator cooling water tank of normal water level, check hydrating
electromagnetic valve automatically shut down, contact chemical assay water quality
should be qualified in generator stator cooling water tank, otherwise the water should be
replaced until qualified.
7.2.5 hydrating by-pass valve open to filling water and stator water cooling system in
generator stator cooling water tank, emptying valve closed after water breakthrough in
generator stator cooling water tank.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
92/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
93/179
7.2.6 when stator cooling water cooler side air discharge clear, a set put into operation,
a set of backup, backup set cooling water cooler side in the watergate, outlet valve open,
cooling water side inlet valve close, outlet valve open,.
7.2.7 When stator cooling water filter air is discharge clear, put a set of into operation, a
set of backup, backup side outlet valve open, inlet valve close.
7.2.8
open stator cooling water return water pipe vent valve, stator coil water filling
valve, exhaust after shut down.
Turn down filling water bypass valve, keep stator cooling water tank water level slightly
higher than the normal water level.
7.2.9
conductivity meter before and after the isolation valve open
7.2.10 stator cooling water pump power on.
7.2.11 Remove stator cooling water pump interlock, start a stator cooling water pump,
check the temperature of bearing vibration, sound, water pressure, pump current and so
on should be normal, and adjust the stator cooling water pump export recycle valve, keep
stator water flow around 30 t/h, and good lock.
7.2.12
stator cooling water pump running for an hour or so, the stator manifold
back flow of water out of air vent valve closed after excluding air.
7.2.13 stop stator water pump
7.2.14 Close makeup bypass valve.
7.3
nitrogen filled in generator stator cooling water tank operation.
3. 1 notify maintenance install connecting pipe behind generator stator cooling
water tank nitrogen filled pressure regulator.
3.2 nitrogen bottles exit valve open.
3.3
open front and back isolation valve of the nitrogen pressure adjustment
bus-bar.
3.4
open nitrogen bus-bar pressure regulator and adjust the main tube
pressure 0.1 MPa.
3.5
open nitrogen filled in generator stator cooling water tank pressure
regulating valve isolation valve tank nitrogen inflator, see off excess water tank water
level.
3.6
open little nitrogen exhaust valve in generator stator cooling water tank
bypass valve.
3.7 adjust filling nitrogen pressure regulator in generator stator cooling water tank,
make after pressure is 0.014 MPa, stay nitrogen pipeline row of nitrogen bypass after the
expulsion of air to close.
3.8 open drain valve and nitrogen isolation valves at the bottom of stator cooling
water tank, close the drain valve after water tank water level drop to normal.
3.9
pen the backsiphonage
3.10 if the water temperature is low, in generator stator cooling water tank into
steam heating device, when the constant stator cooling water stop heating when the
temperature of 45 .
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
93/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
94/179
3.11 Finish all test before startup, the movement should be reliable, setting value
is correct.
7.4
Start the stator cooling water system
7.4.1 Remove stator cooling water pump interlock, start a stator cooling water pump,
check the bearing inner voice, vibration, temperature, pump packing seal is leaking,
water pressure, water level in generator stator cooling water tank is normal.
7.4.2 Put into stator cooling water pump interlock.
7.4.3 checks stator cooling water flow 30 m3 / h.Differential pressure of hydrogen
water > 0.035 MPa,
7.4.4
according to water quality requirements, ion exchanger put into, check and
adjust the stator cooling water to ion exchanger flow in 1 ~ 5 m3 / h, pay attention to the
ion exchange resin valves closed.
7.4.5 according to the stator cooling water temperature put into "automatic" adjust in
time, pay attention to the stator water temperature around 40 ~ 50 , water temperature
is higher than the hydrogen temperature 2 to 3 .
7.5
Running and maintenance of stator cooling water system
7.5.1 generator in normal operation, cooling water 40 m3 / h, and should keep the
water pressure is lower than hydrogen pressure at least more than 0.035 MPa.
There is no pressure of generator, the stator cooling water pressure should be less than
0.2 MPa.
7.5.2 monitoring stator cooling water tank water level in the 600 mm, the lowest not
less than 500 mm.
And pay attention to the water tank air pressure should be 0.014 MPa.
7.5.3 if the sealing oil system failure, hydrogen pressure reduction is running, must
maintain a minimum water pressure not less than 0.15 MPa (bus) the water.
7.5.4 The stator water flow through ion exchanger maximum up to 5 m3 / h, normal run
time is about 1 m3 / h, if the stator cooling water conductivity is higher than 1.5 us/cm,
should increase through the ion exchanger in the water or water tank in the water.
7.5.5 The backwash generator stator winding.Only after the unit stopped. Before
starting the unit, water cooling system must be set to positive circulation.
7.5.6 cooling water cooler running switch
7.5.6.1 check the water tank is normal, slowly put into standby cooler, after checking to
normal gradually withdrew from the original run cooler and isolate, notify maintenance
cleaning isolated stator cooling water cooler and cooler must be decided after cleaning
after stator cooling water and stator cooling water closed side water filling gas as a
backup.
7.5.6.2 switch in the stator cooling water filter operation: check the water tank is normal,
slowly into the standby water filter, then gradually closing isolation valves before and after
the original water filter operation, open the water valve, then notify the maintenance,
repair must be carried out after filling water object completely as a backup.
7.6
Stop stator water cooling system
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
94/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
95/179
7.6.1 Stator cooling water cooler regulator cut to "manual" and shut down, and close
the closed water into stator cooling water cooler, the isolation door after watergate and
temperature regulator.
7.6.2 Remove stator cooling water pump interlock, stop stator cooling water pump.
7.6.3 if stator water cooling system repair, generator overhaul, the need to stop using
stator water cooling system and downtime, the environment temperature is close to
freezing point, or generator do the insulation test by the regulation, should be no water in
the system.
7.7
if generator stator cooling water tank need to discharge nitrogen and according to
the following steps
7.7.1
Close filling nitrogen pressure regulator and isolation valve.
7.7.2 generator stator cooling water tank nitrogen discharge bypass valve open,
pressure to zero in generator stator cooling water tank, if the short downtime, the sealing
oil system to continue running, still remain in generator hydrogen, stator cooling water
system continues to run,
7.7.3 close generator stator cooling water tank nitrogen discharge bypass valve.
7.7.4 stator cooling water tank water inlet valve is cut to "manual" and shut down,
close makeup total valve.
7.7.5 closed the following valves: ion exchanger air vent valve, ion exchanger
conductivity meter out of watergate, pressure vacuum gauge valve in generator stator
cooling water tank, cooler stator cooling water in and out of the water gate, stator cooling
water conductivity meter out of the water gate, stator cooling water to ion exchanger
isolation door.
7.7.6 open the following valve: air vent valve in generator stator cooling water tank and
water drain valve at the bottom of the water drain valve at the bottom of the stator cooling
water pump, cooler after stator cooling water drain valve, water filter to the differential
pressure switch water drain valve, filter water bottom water drain valve, manifold back
vent valve, and went into the back on the water manifold to differential pressure switch
valve.
7.8 abnormal handling
7.8.1 stator cooling water pressure decrease
8.1.1 phenomenon
1.1.1 stator cooling water pressure drop.
1.1.2 stator cooling water flow down.
1.1.3 stator feed water pressure is low and the alarm.
1.1.4temperature of return water and the stator coil rise.
8.1.2 reason
1.2.1 operating stator cooling water pump failure.
1.2.2 stator cooling water tank water level is too low.
1.2.3 stator cooling water filter dirty plugging.
1.2.4 Wrong operation of stator water cooling system.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
95/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
96/179
1.2.5 meter failure.

1.2.6 stator cooling water system leaks.
8.1.3 processing
1.3.1
find the stator cooling water pressure reduced, should check the above reasons
and take corresponding measures immediately decisive processing, try to return to
normal operation.
1.3.2 inspection system leaks, valve error close, filter clogging, stator cooling pump
operation is normal, and try to deal with.
1.3.3
if caused by low water levels in generator stator cooling water tank, to makeup
to normal levels.
1.3.4
if running stator cooling water pump outlet and inlet DP down to 0.14
MPa,running pump trip, tandby pump should be start auto.
1.3.5
the above treatment is invalid, if the stator coil inlet flow rate of 30.5 t/h and
delay 30 s, protections trip machine, otherwise should be shutdown unit.
7.8.2
stator cooling water tank water level low
7.8.2.1 phenomenon
2.1.1stator cooling water tank water level indicator fell or low water level alarm.
2.1.2
stator cooling water pressure and flow rate may be lower.
2.1.3
generator leak detector high level may alarm.
2.2 the reason
2.2.1makeup electromagnetic valve failure or filling water system valve error close.
2.2.2water-cooling system drain valve open by mistake.
2.2.3water cooler leaking, or ion exchanger leakage or valves mistake open.
2.2.4 stator water cooling system pipeline leak.
2.2.5 stator cooling water sampling flow too much.
2.3 processing
2.3.1 detect stator cooling water tank water level reduced, should check the reason and
take corresponding measures.
To strengthen the monitoring of stator cooling water pressure, and check the generator in
presence of leakage phenomenon.
2.3.2
check whether makeup electromagnetic valve movement is normal, otherwise
open filling water bypass valve, to try to maintain the stator cooling water tank level.
2.3.3 check system equipment running status, error opened valve close.
2.3.4 if the pipeline rupture or stator cooling water cooler leak, to isolate can be isolated
part of the pipeline, the stator cooling water cooler can switch isolation, and notify the
maintenance, if cannot be isolated and cannot maintain stator cooling water tank level,
should report the shift leader require shutdown unit.
7.8.3 stator cooling water temperature rise
3.1 phenomenon
3.1.1 stator cooling water cooler outlet temperature indicating higher or alarm.
3.1.2 temperature of return water instruction rising or alarm.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
96/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
97/179
3.1.3 stator coil temperature is generally higher, or alarm.

3.2 the reason
3.2.1 stator cooling water cooler dirty plugging.
3.2.2 stator cooling water temperature automatic regulation failure.
3.2.3 stator cooling water cooler tube side outtake water valve error close or valve core
loss.
3.2.4
Error put into heating steam generator stator cooling water tank.
3.2.5
closed cooling water pressure reducing or temperature rising.
3.2.6
meter failure.
3.3 processing
3.3.1
found that stator cooling water temperature rise, should check the reason and
take corresponding measures.
3.3.2
If stator cooling water cooler dirty plug should be put into standby water cooler,
isolate the original run stator cooling water cooler, and notify the maintenance cleaning.
3.3.3 if stator cooling water temperature automatic regulation failure and shall check the
inlet and outlet valves of running stator cooling water cooler stator water side and cooling
water side in full open position;
If the valve core loss or stator cooling water cooler plug shall promptly put into standby
stator cooling water cooler, quit the stator cooling water cooler.
3.3.4
check generator stator cooling water tank close tightness, no leakage of steam.
3.3.5
if closed cooling water pressure drop or temperature rise, should try to restore
normal operation of the closed water cooling system, put into two stator cooling water
coolers run in parallel when necessary.
3.3.6
when stator intake water temperature rise, should be closely monitored the
stator coil temperature, report Shift leader, and in accordance with the provisions,
corresponding reduce load until stop the unit.
Stator cooling water return water temperatures rise to 85 , the generator should be
shutdown.
7.8.4 stator water conductivity increase
4.1 phenomenon
4.1.1 stator water conductivity high alarm.
4.1.2
in site the conductivity indicator reading increases.
4.2 the reason
4.2.1 hydrogen leak into the water.
4.2.2 dirty water enter.
4.2.3 The life of ion exchange resin is close to using life.
4.3 processing
4.3.1Change water for water tank immediately, and check the reason.
4.3.2
if hydrogen leak into the water, shall report in time, and monitor the hydrogen
pressure, water pressure of the stator water, the parameters changes of conductivity,
shutdown when necessary.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
97/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
98/179
4.3.3
if dirty water leakage into, may be the stator water cooler cooling water pressure
is higher than the stator water pressure, should be found as early as possible and
promptly put into standby cooler, isolate leakage cooler, contact maintenance, or the
water tank filling water pipe water quality is unqualified, should discharge after being
qualified water quality for filling water again.
4.3.4 if ion exchange resin service life if over, should be replaced timely.
Section II Electric system and power distribution device

1 Electric system and device operation principle
1.1 Electric operation precautions
1.1.1
switchover operation must get the order from shift leader then can be carried
out.
1.1.2
when performing PTW or single operation card shall be simulated operation on
simulation diagram, and check the connection mode is correct.
1.1.3
after the completion of the maintenance and repair work, must note equipment
meets the requirements for the operation and the signature on maintenance inform log .
1.1.4
should end all working ticket before equipment power on, dismantle for overhaul
safety measures, restore the fixed bar and permanent warning card, comprehensive
inspections of equipment and its circuit, and inspection or to input protection device
according to the scheduling command or the relevant provisions of the on-site, forbid
equipment operation without protection.
1.1.5
closing switch with synchronization, should close after synchronization, only
operate at the side of the switch when no voltage and should obtain the approval of Shift
leader, then allowed to remove synchronization lock circuit.
1.1.6
before power on equipment, shall put on the fuse of instrument and protection
circuit or small switch, transmitter auxiliary power.
1.1.7
all switch over operation, all should strictly abide by the "operation management
system" and the relevant provisions of the "electrical safety regulations".
1.1.8
all normal operation, should avoid as far as possible in succession.
1.2 Basic operation principle and relevant regulation
1.2.1
power-off/on operation
1.2.1.1 Close/open switch and power on/off, must check the switch in the off state.
1.2.1.2 forbidden to close breaker with load, electrical and mechanical (error
prevention) locking device shall not be arbitrarily run out.
1.2.1.3 Open switch first and then power off, open load side switches, then open bus
side switches, power on operating sequence in contrast to the power outage.
1.2.1.4 In operation process, if find error (close), forbid to close (open)again, is only
allowed to pull (mistakenly) breaker closed (open)after the security measures taken.
1.2.2
loop operation
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
98/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
99/179
1.2.2.1 system closed loop operation must meet the following conditions: phase,voltage
is consistent.
1.2.2.2 When closed loop operation, switch should be closed after synchronization
signing if has identified with synchronization, no identification, should check it in the ring
network state ,can be closed loop operation.
1.2.2.3 Before open/close loop, should consider the change of voltage does not exceed
the specified value, and pay attention to the trend of the power distribution, any electrical
components overload or not, etc.
1.2.3
impact closing operation
1.2.3.1 full voltage impact should be done before new installation and overhauled
transformer, bus and other equipment put into operation according to the provisions of
the relevant procedures, as far as possible to adopt the method of zero up the booster
charge first.
1.2.3.2 after the trip of transformer, bus equipment by accident, the full voltage can be
done accordance with the relevant provisions, conditional should adopt the way of zero
up the booster charge as much as possible.
1.2.3.3 when impact closing operation, should pay attention to the following questions
1.2.3.3.1 impact closing switch should have enough breaking capacity, and fault tripping
times should be within the prescribed number of times.
1.2.3.3.2 impact closing switch protection device shall be complete and put into
operation, automatic reclosing should be discontinued, necessary before impact closing
can reduce the fixed value of protection device.
1.2.3.3.3 should as far as possible choose power supply have smaller influence on the
system's stable as impact closing switch, when necessary, should check the link and the
power tide to adjust.
1.2.3.3.4 impact to the transformer neutral point grounding system, the neutral point
connected to the groud.
1.3 trouble shooting principle
1.3.1
accident treatment main task
1.3.1.1 sharply limits the development of the accident, to eliminate the root cause of the
accident, ensure the safety of person and equipment to prevent the accident further.
1.3.1.2 as far as possible, ensure the normal operation of auxiliary power system,
especially the security of power supply to normal power supply, avoid factory power
outages.
1.3.1.3 as far as possible to keep the main equipment continues to run, to ensure the
normal power supply of the user, when necessary should try to increase output on the
unit did not directly affected by the accident.
1.3.1.4 restore to power users transmission as soon as possible.
1.3.1.5 the accident has been limited and stable, adjustment of operation mode to make
it reasonable, and make the system back to normal.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
99/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
100/179
1.3.2
In accident treatment, Shift leader as a unified command, unit leader lead native
personnel to do accident treatment and operation.
1.3.3
electrical system failure occurs, the personnel on duty shall be carried out
according to the following sequence of judgment and processing.
1.3.3.1 according to DCS, UACS alarm screen display, for shock oscillation
phenomenon in the system, the action of relay protection and automatic device, meter
and fault wave record information and equipment external signs to diagnose accident
properties.
1.3.3.2 through comprehensive inspection and testing of equipment, determine fault
location and the scope.
1.3.3.3 if accident pose a threat to the personal and equipment, shall be immediately try
to remove this threat, when necessary to stop the operation of the equipment, if there is
no threat to the personal and equipment, should try our best to maintain and restore the
normal operation of equipment.
1.3.3.4 guarantees the safe operation of the non-fault equipment, should pay special
attention to isolate the equipment not directly affected, start standby equipment if
necessary.
1.3.3.5 for fault equipment after determine fault nature and scope, the personnel on
duty should do well the safety measures, in order to maintenance personnel to repair.
1.3.3.6 in order to prevent accident expand and do not cause confusion in the process
of handling, must be actively to report Shift leader accident treatment of each stage
quickly and accurately.
1.3.4
for accident prevention and increasing rapidly processing accident, the
personnel on duty in case of an emergency, can do the following before report to Shift
leader.
1.3.4.1 power outage damaged equipment and pose a direct threat to personal and
equipment equipment.
1.3.4.2 running equipment have the threat of damage, should be isolated.
1.3.4.3 busbar voltage disappears, disconnect the switch connected on this bus.
1.3.4.4 recover power supply after part or all of the auxiliary power power off.
1.3.5
After busbar faults, must inspect the busbar, disconnect all switch joint on the
busbar, after measurement of insulation qualified, allowed to rise pressure or impact test,
if someone work on power distribution device, shall notify it to leave before the booster or
shock.
1.3.6
force manual to power on after switch trip, should be paid attention to the
following
1.3.6.1 Force power on switch, should be paid attention to impact of voltage, current
and system, so that the difference between a trouble-free, if fault shall be immediately
began to power off the switch.
1.3.6.2 if the equipment has obvious fault phenomena, such as smoking a blaze, arc
and so on prohibited to force power on.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
100/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
101/179
1.3.6.3 When force power on tripped switch, equipment tripping accident forecast
should be done.
2 transformer
2.1 operation mode of transformer
2.1.1
transformer normal operation rules
2.1.1.1 transformer must be stipulated by the cooling conditions, can run by brand
standard.
2.1.1.2 when cooling medium temperature drop, the transformer top oil temperature
should be reduced, in order to prevent the insulating oil accelerated deterioration, natural
circulation air-cooled transformer top oil temperature should not be commonly more than
85 , forced oil circulation air-cooled transformer top oil temperature should not be
commonly more than 75 .
Running environment (cooling medium) temperature is + 40 the oil-immersed
transformer temperature rise and temperature limit according to the following table.
Table 4-1
equipment
main
HV transformer
item
transformer
cooling mode
ODAF
ONAN/ONAF
limited T
rise
max.T
monitor
T
top oil
55
52
winding
65
62
top oil
85
92
winding
115
102
top oil
75
85
winding
100
90
2.1.1.1 step-up and step-down transformer operating voltage should not be higher than
the 105% of the tap rated voltage.
2.1.1.2 no-load voltage regulation of transformer at rated voltage + / - 5% range change
runtime tap position, its rated capacity remains the same.
on-load voltage regulating HV transformer variable operating voltage change rate within
12% rated voltage - 6 ~ +, rated capacity remains the same.
2.1.1.3 forced oil circulation air-cooled transformer, must be put into the cooler during
the runtime.
2.1.1.4 main transformer on-load voltage regulating switch should try to reduce the
switching operation, generally only allowed on the eve of the peak load and load switch
when trough as necessary.
LV auxiliary transformer leaded by the neutral line of the low voltage side, neutral current
shall not exceed 25% of the rated current low voltage coil.
2.1.1
transformer heavy gas protection operating mode:
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
101/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
102/179
2.1.2.1 transformer normal operation, the main protection such as differential protection,
heavy gas protection shall be run out in principle.
2.1.2.2 transformer light gas protection, main transformer on-load voltage regulating
switch light gas protection on signal position.
2.1.2.3 transformer heavy gas protection tripping positions, gas protection outage
should be approved by the production vice director or chief engineer.
2.1.2.4 when the normal operation of main transformer on-load voltage regulation
switch heavy gas protection, put into signal, before load switches are used, the protection
put into trip, after the operatio of load switches, should be a recovery for the protection to
the signal.
2.1.2.5 heavy gas protection should be to signal in prior to the start of the following
work, and at the end of the work, should be restored for trip:
2.1.2.5.1 calibration gas protection in the operation or work on the second circuit.
2.1.2.5.2 During operation, do oil filter, oil makeup, oil drain, replace silicone, dredge
respirator and replace thermal siphon cleaning agent (after work, still have gas, not
input).
2.1.2.5.3 processing the defects oil level gauge indicates unusually high, need for gas/oil
discharge, clean up the respirator perforation or other work.
2.1.2.5.4 Other may cause heavy gas trip by mistake.
2.1.2
when the following siteations appear, forbid the use of heavy gas protection to
signal location:
2.1.3.1 transformer in a large number of oil spill and make the oil level drops rapidly.
2.1.3.2 Light gas transformer protection actions.
2.1.3.3 transformer gas protection and differential protection can not run out at the
same time.
2.1.3
forbids all main transformer protection at the same time run out.
2.1.4
transformer neutral point operation mode:
2.1.5.1 main transformer high voltage side neutral point with fixed directly grounding
method.
2.1.5.2 HV auxiliary transformer the neutral point on the low voltage side after 6.07
low resistance grounding, as 6 kv side occurs the ground fault current overrun, relay
protection movement in corresponding circuit breaker tripping;
When 6 kv side single phase metallicity earthing occurs, single-phase earth fault current
up to 599.2 A.
2.1.5.3 during generator normal operation, through main transformer booster output
power, and provide power supply for HV auxiliary transformer.
2.1.5.4 turbine generator unit,generator through 3 # main transformer booster output
power, not for the auxiliary transformer supply.
2.1.5.5 low voltage transformer adopt tianyu electric co., LTD. Fuzhou SCB10-0.416 - / 2500/6.3 series dry type transformer, insulation class is F;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
102/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
103/179
Dry type transformer with LD - BK10 series temperature control instrument, which can
realize high temperature alarm function and fan automatic control.
2.1.5.6 low-voltage auxiliary transsformer in the low voltage side neutral point grounding
way: directly grounded
2.1.6
transformer tap operation mode:
2.1.6.1 main transformer tap position adjustment on site.
2.1.6.2 for no-load voltage regulating transformer, its tap transformation must be
performed by the maintenance staff after change transformer maintenance status, and
make record in the case of tap change.
2.1.6.3 dry type transformer is no load regulating transformer.
2.1.6.4 main transformer on-load voltage regulating transformer, normal operation,
according to the system voltage siteation decision main transformer tap positions, but
generally cannot tap position in high and low limit position.
2.1.6.5 when transformer overload, banned for transformer on-load voltage regulating
tap switch.
On-load voltage regulating transformer should be arranged in the under the condition of
no load or light load tap switch.
2.1.6.6 before transformer on-load voltage regulating tap new hanging out examination
and maintenance put into operation, at least for round of the lifting pressure cycle
operation, normal rear can officially take load operation.
2.1.6.6 tap-changer electric gear display should be consistent with the actual load
switch gear, and they are in the correct position, such as inconsistency will lead to
damage of transformer.
2.1.6.7 switch oil chamber and separated subject of transformer oil, oil invalve oil needs
regular inspections and filtering, so as to ensure its proper dielectric strength, at the
same time to prevent mechanical wear and tear.
2.1.7
transformer parallel operation rules
2.1.7.1 transformer parallel operation conditions: (1) category the same winding
connection;
voltage ratio equal;
short circuit impedance is equal.
2.1.7.2 transformer wiring in the demolition after installation or maintenance carried out
may change the phase of the work, such as written notice must have a correct working
chief nuclear phase, can run in parallel or loop.
2.1.7.3 The rules of the transformer overload running
2.1.7.3.1 transformer can running under normal load and accident overload.
2.1.7.3.2 normal overload permitted value can be confirmed according to the transformer
load curve, coolant temperature and load the transformer with before the overload, etc.
2.1.7.3.3 accident overload is only allowed in accident cases (such as running a number
of units in the transformer has a damage and no standby transformer, then the rest of the
transformer allowed by accident overload operation).
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
103/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
104/179
2.1.7.3.4 transformer larger defects (such as the cooling system is not normal, severe
leakage, chromatographic analysis abnormal, etc.) is not allowed when the overload
operation.
2.1.7.3.5 The average load rate on the day (24 hours
Table 4-2
20
30
45
60
75
100
overcurrent
allowable run
timemin
2.1.7.3.1
480
120
60
28
14
dry type transformer allows short time overload capacity under the condition
of air cooling should meet the requirements of the following table (prior to the
normal life, overload capacity) :
table 4-3
overcurrent
allowable run timemin
20
30
40
50
60
60
40
32
18
2.2 transformer cooling device operation

2.2.1
main transformer cooler operation mode: there are two kinds of main
transformer fan startup mode, another is manual one is automatic, there are two kinds of
startup mode in automatic control mode is a top oil temperature, temperature relay action
after 120 s, the interval of 7 s gradually start wind units, the other is a current greater
than or equal to 0.66 In120S, interval 7 s gradually start wind generator;
5fans for each set, a total of four groups of manual mode on the first set of fan, the
interval behind more than 7 s gradually start the unit.
Oil pump with manual and automatic operation mode, select manual mode after 28 s and
7 s oil pump interval gradually start, select automatic mode there are two kinds of startup
mode is a kind of temperature start, is a current greater than or equal to 0.85, In condition
of after 120 s every time interval of 7 s start 1 set, oil pump 2 pump In each group
2.2.1.2 on both sides of main transformer top oil temperature indicator is greater than 5
, should find out the reason.
Whether is asymmetric or cooler system valve opening is not enough, should reduce the
temperature difference as soon as possible.
2.2.2
HV auxiliary transformer using natural cooling operation mode
Oil-immersed self-cooling top oil temperature should not be more than 85 , the highest
in general should not exceed 95 .
2.2.3
the other provisions of transformer cooling device operation mode.
2.2.3.1 main transformer cooling unit power supply are two independent power supply,
quotations from IA/type IIA PC section respectively.
Cooler control box of optional control switch power supply all the way, the other all the
way into standby automatically.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
104/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
105/179
2.2.3.2 dry type transformer fan have automatic and manual start-stop, when automatic
winding temperature higher than 100 , fan open.
Fan is turned on, only when the winding temperature down to about 80 , the fan stops.
When the winding temperature higher than 130 , core temperature higher than 120 ,
overtemperature alarm signal, when the winding temperature of 150 overtemperature
trip.
2.2.3.3 transformer cooler shall be given to the transformer before power on, outage
after 15 minutes the power off, ( main transformer cooler 30 minutes).
2.2.4
operation of main transformer cooler
2.2.4.1 input operation ofmain transformer cooler
2.2.4.1.1 check cooler device in accordance with operating conditions.
2.2.4.1.2 check each cooler up and down in and out of the oil valve is opened entirely.
2.2.4.1.3 check cooler and power supply have been sending, close the cooler two
way power supply xx, xx, check the control box panel two power supplies monitoring light
should be bright.
2.2.4.1.4 closed 220 v DC control power switch of xx and 220 v DC signal power of xx.
2.2.4.1.5 closed 1 ~ 10 groups of cooler control power supply
2.2.4.1.6 Close heater power switch.
2.2.4.1.7 heater control switchs to "automatic" position.
2.2.4.1.8 when the temperature is lower than 0 or humidity is big, should check the
heater into normal.
2.2.4.1.9 cooler power supply automatically into control switch to "test" position.
2.2.4.1.10
do cooler power supplies interlocking test normal.
2.2.4.1.11
Switch the cooler total power control switch SS to "work".
2.2.4.1.12
Switch 1 ~ 10 groups of cooler control switch to "work" position.
2.2.4.1.13
check operating cooler monitoring lights, the cooler operating normally, the
flow indicator indicating correct.
2.2.4.1.14
turn 1 ~ 10 groups of cooler control switch to "stop" position.
2.2.4.1.15
check all cooler monitor lights, stop cooler.
2.2.4.1.16 check cooler control box panel light instructions correctly, then close.
2.2.4.1.17 check main transformer TA terminal box normal, close the heater switch, close
the cupboard valve.
2.2.4.1.19 on DCS picture main transformer cooler control mode for the "automatic".
2.2.5
all cooler out and a single set of cooler start, stop operation
2.2.5.1 cooler full stop operation
2.2.5.1.1 standby cooler control open concern to "stop"
2.2.5.1.2 running cooler control concerns respectively to "stop 0".
2.2.5.1.3 cooler total switch power supply control switch SS to "0" stop "position, check
the power contactor KMF1, KMF2, KMF3, KMF4 shall be disconnected.
2.2.5.1.4 disconnect all the automatic air switch of the cooler.
2.2.5.2 put into operation of unit cooler
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
105/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
106/179
2.2.5.2.1 check the Cooler group in accordance with operating conditions.

2.2.5.2.2 check the Cooler group up and down in and out of the oil valves are open.
2.2.5.2.3 check the group of the cooler air switch should be closed automatically.
2.2.5.2.4 check the group control box cooler air switch should be closed.
2.2.5.2.5 will open the group cooler control concerns to "W" 1: work position, open the
group cooler, cooler check the group monitor, light should be on the oil pump, fan
operating normally, the flow indicator indicating correct.
2.2.5.3 the operation of exit a single set of the cooler
2.2.5.3.1 Put into standby cooler or auxiliary cooler, check for normal operation.
2.2.5.3.2 Stop the using cooler need to exit, open the cooler air switch.
2.3 Transformer operation, monitoring and inspection
2.3.1
transformer put into, shutdown, and normal operation
2.3.1.1 transformer operation of preparations and related inspection before:
2.3.1.1.1 transformer in operation before, it is necessary to summarize all related working
ticket, demolition of ground wire, short route, and temporary security measures, and
restore the safety facilities of a fixed sign and confirm the circuit complete and conform to
the operating conditions;
Maintenance of transformer should be written disclosure of maintenance personnel, the
newly installed or changed both inside and outside cable transformer must also be
approved phase;
Transformer around fire equipment complete, comply with the operating conditions.
2.3.1.1.2 transformer on the roof and the surrounding debris and tools left.
2.3.1.1.3 relay protection device shall be complete, the protection should be correct.
2.3.1.1.4 transformer and load switches have oil pillow and casing of the oil level, oil color
is normal, no oil leakage phenomenon, breathing apparatus, silica gel color and oil seal
oil level is normal, all the oil drain valve is closed.
2.3.1.1.5 transformer ontology, such as casing should be clean, no crack, discharge,
casing should ground pressure without loose.
2.3.1.1.6 transformer shell and core were good, on-load tap-changer enclosure grounding
line up on the fuel tank.
2.3.1.1.7 explosion valve or pressure relief valve should be in good condition, no action
(such as motion instructions should find out the reason and reset, a record; explosion
valve position indicator, if any, should be a red light, green light).
2.3.1.1.8 gas relay load switches (including gas relay), radiator, online oil filter device on
one or both sides of the valve and the in and out of the oil valve should be open to the
cooler device;
Enclosed bus increased water diversion pipe under water drain valve should be opened.
2.3.1.1.9 Gas relay in transformer in and load switches have gas relay shall be filled with
oil, gas and action signals, gas relay in gas collecting valve is open.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
106/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
107/179
2.3.1.1.10
tap-changer distance and local position indicator shall be consistent, onload tap-changer control device should be in good flexible, motor and tap-changer
position indicator should be the same.
2.3.1.1.11
transformer cooling device should be in good condition, there should be no
leakage, oil leakage phenomenon, power source testing should be normal, choose right
operation mode, fan and pump running in normal, control the heater is working properly
in the cabinet, in the clean without sundry, no loose wiring.
2.3.1.1.12
Good transformer neutral point grounding device, in accordance with
operating conditions.
2.3.1.1.13
transformer temperature measuring device is good, the connection is
complete, the thermometer indicator and the distance.
2.3.1.1.14
Interval belong to each side of the switch, breaker, lightning arrester and
cable and related equipment should check good, comply with the operating conditions.
2.3.1.1.15
The TA transformer terminal box clean without sundry, current loop it is
forbidden to open the secondary wiring without loose.
2.3.1.1.16
measurement circuit insulation transformer and belong to qualified, each
winding insulation resistance compared with historical value should be no obvious
change.
2.3.1.1.17
protection, control, measurement, signal such as secondary loop is
complete, consistent with the operating conditions, the secondary loop test correctly.
2.3.1.1.18
transformer is check the lock all valves and Windows, invalve lighting is
adequate, the ground clean without sundry, roof don't leak.
2.3.1.1.19
dry type transformer parts clean and no foreign body, no dust, the joints and
fasteners loose;
The temperature control device has been sending and cut it to the automatic blower
commissioning normal;
Transformer shell no damage, before and after the cupboard valve closed.
2.3.1.2 transformer should be done before commissioning test:
2.3.1.2.1 transformer and close test each side of the switch.
2.3.1.2.2 transformer interlocking test of each side switch.
2.3.1.2.3 newly installed or the transformer secondary circuit worked, should be protected
drive test and nuclear test.
After cooling system normal test, the control switch in the right way to run.
2.3.1.2.5 put into filter oil machine or test normal.
2.3.1.2.6 load switches adjustment test, after the test normal tap position to regulations.
2.3.1.3 new installation or repair of transformer, before put into operation should meet
the following conditions:
2.3.1.3.1 have the insulation of the transformer and the oil filled casing test conclusion.
2.3.1.3.2 have qualified oil analysis conclusion.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
107/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
108/179
2.3.1.3.3 new installation, overhaul, overhaul accident or transformer, after the oil change
in front of the applied voltage, the incubation time should not be less than the following
provisions: (1) 110 kv and below 24 h.
220 kv and below48 h;
500 kv and below 72 h;
if there are special circumstances can not meet the above regulations, shall be
approved by the chief engineer rear can put into operation.
2.3.1.3.4 equipment mark is complete.
2.3.1.3.5 new operation of transformer should be rated voltage under impact closing 5
times, after the replacement of winding of transformer should be 3 times in closing;
For new put into or replace winding of main transformer and HV auxiliary transformer,
also application generator zero pressure test.
2.3.1.4 General principles of transformer normal operation
2.3.1.4.1 stop and run operation of transformer, and should be based on Shift leader
command execution.
2.3.1.4.2 transformer charge should in the power of the protection device with side circuit
breaker operation, namely the first close the power switch, the lateral load switch;
When outage,first stop load side, then stop the power supply side.
2.3.1.4.3 transformer input or stop using circuit breaker must be used, are not allowed to
use isolating switch close any no-load transformer.
2.3.1.4.4 transformer should be made by the low voltage side of high voltage side
charging, it is forbidden to transformer by the low voltage side high side full voltage
charging.
2.3.1.4.5 transformer new installation and maintenance for the phase change has the
potential to work, must go through before operation of the nuclear phase, confirmed its
phase is correct.
2.3.1.4.6 transformer with oil storage tank, first should be charged as casing increase, the
radiator and oil purifier and so on the upper left empty
2.3.1.4.1 After maintenance, should be through the test charge normal rear can put into
operation or stand-by.
2.3.1.4.2 stopped for a long time as a cold standby transformer, charge no-load running
once a month for half an hour, then restore backup.
2.3.1.4.3 no-load voltage regulating transformer tap-changer adjusted, there must be
measured dc resistance test personnel qualified notice, before put into operation.
2.3.1.4.4 load switches should have normal remote control, only when the remote control
failure maintenance staff to be in custody in site operation;
Should be check after operation in site in accordance with the distance position indicator.
2.3.1.4.5 main transformer stopped sending operation with the parallel operation of
generator solution;
HV transformer, HV standby transformer and LV transformer operating see auxiliary
power operation procedures.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
108/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
109/179
2.3.1.1 transformer outage principle of operation steps:

2.3.1.5.1 will to shut down the transformer of the suspended load or transfer.
2.3.1.5.2 disconnect switch of transformer load side.
2.3.1.5.3Check the no-load operation of the transformer.
2.3.1.5.4 disconnecting transformer switch of power supply side.
2.3.1.5.5 switch of the transformer load side and power side by hot standby turn cold
standby.
2.3.1.5.6 in accordance with the relevant specific provisions exit related to transformer
protection.
2.3.1.5.7If transformer maintenance and repair work, should also transfer transformer
maintenance according to the requirement, and make relevant safety measures.
2.3.1 transformer insulation supervision
2.3.2.1 main transformer low voltage side, HV auxiliary transformer and excitation high
voltage side insulation with grid operation before or after parallel off measurement.
2.3.2.2 the following transformer insulation resistance shall be measured by maintenance
personnel, and along with the transformer temperature records into the book, after submit
to run on duty personnel:
2.3.2.2.1 main transformer is high, the low voltage side of insulation.
2.3.2.2.2 before 15 days low-voltage auxiliary transformer put into operation, high and
low voltage side insulation measurement shall be respectively.
2.3.2.2.3 HV auxiliary transformer high and low voltage side insulation.
2.3.2.3 after transformer installation or major repair, commissioning should be tested
before personnel written notice about measuring insulation siteation, as long as no more
than 15 days, can no longer reiteration.
2.3.2.4 transformer insulation resistance does not make clear a regulation, but should be
measured results compared with the measured value of the past, if there are any obvious
decline, should report Shift leader, contact the maintenance staff to find the reason and
eliminate rear can put into operation;
Transformer insulation resistance generally should not be less than 50% after installation
or after last an overhaul, absorptance (R60 / R15) should be equal to or greater than 1.3
times.
2.3.2.5 dry type transformer after maintenance or shutdown for a long time, must by the
maintenance staff measuring insulation resistance, insulation resistance value to meet
the following rules: high pressure - low voltage or high voltage - or 300 m ;
Low pressure - 100 m or higher.
2.3.2 transformer running tests
2.3.3.1 transformer operation monitoring
2.3.3.1.1 attendant should DCS and UACS instructions often monitor the running status
of transformer, and in accordance with the provisions, transcribing data regularly.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
109/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
110/179
2.3.3.1.2 transformer under the condition of overload operation, should be closely

monitored the transformer load and top oil temperature, winding temperature, such as
numerical, transcribing data once every half hour.
2.3.3.2 the operation of transformer and the standby transformer and its system of
inspection shall be carried out according to the inspection tour system cycle.
In the following siteations for transformer special inspection tour, increase patrol
inspections:
2.3.3.2.1 new put into operation or after overhaul, the transformation of transformer in
operation within 72 hours.
2.3.3.2.2 The runtime transformer with defects.
2.3.3.2.3 weather mutations (e.g., wind, fog, snow, hail, cold wave, etc.).
2.3.3.2.4Especially after thunderstorms in thunderstorm season.
2.3.3.2.5 high temperature season, during the peak load.
2.3.3.2.6 transformer overload operation.
2.3.3.2.7 transformer outside the proximal short-circuit fault.
2.3.3.3 transformer normal operation of the inspection
2.3.3.3.1 oil-immersed transformer:
2.3.3.3.1.1 the current, voltage, temperature in the operation of the transformer should be
normal.
2.3.3.3.1.2 transformer oil conservator oil level indicator, oil color should be normal,
transformer ontology and casing should not have oil leakage, oil leakage phenomenon,
such as oil gauge should not have product, damage phenomenon.
2.3.3.3.1.3 casing porcelain insulator should be without damage, crack and discharge,
oil-filled bushing oil level indicator should be normal.
2.3.3.3.1.4 each wire connector, cable, bus bar should no fever phenomenon.
2.3.3.3.1.5 normal transformer on the top oil temperature, winding temperature,
temperature indicator should be consistent with the distance shows.
2.3.3.3.1.6 respirator intact and keep open, silicone color and oil seal oil level should be
normal.
2.3.3.3.1.7 transformer noise is normal, no abnormal tone, there should be no abnormal
vibration ontology and accessories.
2.3.3.3.1.8 subsection joint position distance and in site should be consistent.
2.3.3.3.1.9 pressure release valve and explosion door in good condition, no action.
2.3.3.3.1.10 each cooler running condition is correct, no abnormal vibration and noise,
fan is operating normally, oil pump, oil flow indicator is correct.
2.3.3.3.1.11 cooler control box and bulk terminals in clean without sundry, overheating,
condensation, the phenomenon such as discharge and abnormal smell, all open, control
switch position is correct, no abnormal alarm, fuse in good condition, before and after the
cupboard door closed.
2.3.3.3.1.12 transformer casing and iron core grounding is good.
2.3.3.3.1.13 gas relay shall be filled with oil, no gas, export gas collecting valve is open
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
110/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
111/179
2.3.3.3.1.14Center of transformer grounding device in good condition.

2.3.3.3.1.15 transformer on-line monitoring device works normally.
2.3.3.3.1.1 transformer around fire facilities, oil storage pit should be clean product oil,
sundry.
2.3.3.3.1 dry type transformer:
2.3.3.3.2.1 transformer running sound is normal, no sound, burnt odour, discoloration,
and abnormal vibration.
2.3.3.3.2.2 transformer auxiliary devices running normally, such as fan and thermostat
temperature indication is normal.
2.3.3.3.2.3 transformer around without leaking, clean appearance in good condition.
2.3.3.3.2.4 loose fasteners, fittings, conductive parts without rust, corrosion, insulation
surface had creepage trace and carbonization phenomenon.
2.3.3.3.2.5 transformer body parts cleaning, no dust.
2.3.3.3.2.6 transformer front cabinet , the back door should be closed (open are strictly
prohibited in the operation of the transformer cupboard door).
2.3.3.3.2.7 transformer room door, window, lighting in good condition, a house is not
leaking, the environment temperature is normal.
2.3.3.1 transformer special inspection projects
2.3.3.4.1 When winds, should check the transformer with no hang fall, ontology and
accessories surrounding beyond can fly up sundry, lead should not be violent oscillation
and loose phenomenon, porcelain bushing is put lightning, check and record the lightning
arrester discharge frequency recorder movement siteation.
2.3.3.4.2 snow if there is a snow day shall check the connection of transformer,
conductive part presence of icicles, should be based on snow melting, check the joint hot
parts.
2.3.3.4.3 temperature mutations, deal with transformer winding, the change of the
temperature, oil temperature, oil level and the cooling system running siteation for
inspection.
2.3.3.4.4 snow, rain, fog, hail weather, should check each part of the transformer for the
discharge and flashover, rupture and burns, key monitoring filthy ceramic parts.
2.3.3.4.5 transformer overload running, check the oil temperature, oil level, should focus
on the change of the winding temperature, the cooling system is normal operation.
2.3.3.4.6 occurred outside fault or transformer tripping, should check each porcelain
bushing of the transformer, insulator, crack, ontology for the deformation and injection.
2.3.3.4.7 light gas, shall be immediately to the transformer enclosure to conduct a
comprehensive and detailed inspection, but should also take gas analysis when
necessary.
2.3.4 in the operation of transformer on-load tap-changer voltage regulator to adjust:
2.3.4.1 should check before the adjustment tap-changer fuel tank oil level is normal.
2.3.4.2 tap-changer, before the adjustment shall be load switches will have heavy gas
protection to trip, after the adjustment signal recovery.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
111/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
112/179
2.3.4.3 tap-changer adjustment, step by step voltage regulation, monitoring points at the
same time the location and the change of the voltage and current.
2.3.4.4 tap-changer adjusted, should be in a fixed position, and are not allowed to stay
for a long time in the transition position.
2.3.4.5 tap-changer adjusted, the distance and in site tap-changer position indicator
should be consistent.
2.3.4.6 adjustment when the electric distance operation, special circumstances, the
permission Shift leader, can operate under the maintenance staff monitoring in site.
2.3.4.7 transformer connected to the system, to operate after scheduling's consent
before the adjustment.
2.3.4.8 tap-changer, before the adjustment shall be load switches will be online oil filter
device power input, control switch to "automatic".
2.4 Transformer abnormal operation and trouble shooting
2.4.1 Against transformer is one of the following circumstances shall be immediately
shut down:
2.4.1.1
transformer noise are increased, the internal crackle.
2.4.1.2
under normal load and cooling conditions, the temperature of the transformer
is not normal and rising above the specified value.
2.4.1.3
oil pillow, fuel injection pressure relief valve or explosion-proof pipe.
2.4.1.4
serious leak causes oil level drop to below the oil level gauge indicating limit.
2.4.1.5
there were serious breakage of the casing and discharge or melt lead
terminal.
2.4.1.6
transformer smoldering fire.
2.4.1.7
when it comes to endanger the safety of transformer fault, and refusing action
when the transformer of the trip.
2.4.1.8
when transformer equipment near the fire, explosion or other happens, pose
serious threat to the transformer.
2.4.1.9
appear directly threaten the security of a personal emergency.
2.4.1.10 A discharge sound dry type transformer winding and smelly.
2.4.1
Against abnormality in the operation of the transformer temperature or
temperature more than a specified value, find out the reason and measures should be
taken to reduce it, at the same time, must carry on the following work:
2.4.2.1 check the transformer load and the temperature of the cooling medium, the
calibration of the load and temperature of cooling conditions.
2.4.2.2 check on-site with distant temperature indicating whether consistent,
temperature measuring device to verify whether the fault.
2.4.2.3 check whether the cooling device is normal, backup, auxiliary cooler is input, not
input should be opened manually.
2.4.2.4 check the room ventilation condition of invalve transformer.
2.4.2.5 Check whether the three phase current balance transforme.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
112/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
113/179
2.4.2.6 adjust the load, the transformer temperature shall not exceed the allowable
values.
2.4.2.7 through inspection, such as the cooling system and temperature measuring
device are normal, adjust the load and operation mode is still invalid, transformer oil
temperature or winding temperature is still rising, argues that the transformer internal
fault has occurred, should immediately report Shift leader, stop running transformer, and
contact of maintenance personnel.
2.4.2
for pressure relief device
2.4.3.1 pressure release valve, should check whether the transformer operation
parameters is normal.
2.4.3.2 check pressure release valve action after a large number of injection.
2.4.3.3 check whether the transformer oil is on fire, if the fire according to the
transformer fire processing.
2.4.3.4 Report shift leader, contact maintenance, such as transformer internal and
should be shut down;
Such as in critical condition, should be suspended immediately.
2.4.3.5 Pressure relief devices can automatically reset inspection.
2.4.3
transformer oil level exception handling
2.4.4.1 transformer oil level is significantly lower oil level of oil temperature should be at
that time, the following measures should be taken:
2.4.4.1.1 as caused by long-term trace oil spill, shall notify the maintenance personnel
come on, and arrange inspection according to the condition of leakage, gas should be in
accordance with the provisions, the heavy gas protection to signal.
2.4.4.1.2 if the oil level by heavy oil drops rapidly when the heavy gas are strictly
prohibited to signal.
At this point, as in the gas relay glazing can see oil level, still can maintain the runtime,
should immediately report Shift leader, contact the maintenance personnel come on,
come on when the ban from the bottom of the come on;
When can't see the oil level, should immediately stop the transformer operation.
2.4.4.1.3 attendant should be ready for the trip accident.
2.4.4.2 due to environment temperature rise of transformer oil level gradually increases,
when the oil temperature higher than that of the oil level of oil level indicator, limit the
pinpoint is not caused by false oil level, should inform the maintenance staff to put oil, the
oil level down to the height of the corresponding with the oil temperature, in order to
prevent oil spill, at this time should be in accordance with the provisions, the heavy gas
protection by a trip to the signal.
2.4.4
transformer is on fire
2.4.5.1 first should immediately cut off the power supply side, the power supply is not
disconnected, it is strictly prohibited to put out the fire.
2.4.5.2 stop all cooling device operation.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
113/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
114/179
2.4.5.3 Report Shift leader, notify the fire department, conditional standby transformer
should be put into operation.
2.4.5.4 rapid fire extinguishing measures to prevent the fire spreading.
2.4.5.5 if oil spill in the transformer above the roof is on fire, the lower the accident
should immediately open the transformer oil drain valve oil, transformer oil level is lower
than the fire place.
2.4.5.6 If transformer internal fault cause of fire, do not allow oil drain, in case the
transformer explosion cuts.
2.4.5.7 oil spilled to the ground fire, can use sand.
2.4.5.8 when transformer shell fire, available transformer spray device for fire fighting.
2.4.5
The processing of gas relay in transformer in action
2.4.6.1 light gas in the operation of the transformer protection action, usually has the
following several reasons:
2.4.6.1.1 due to filter oil, gas or imprecise of the cooling system, the air into the
transformer.
2.4.6.1.2 due to temperature drop or leak oil level down slowly.
2.4.6.1.3 for transformer internal fault and a small amount of gas generation.
2.4.6.1.4 forming negative pressure due to respiratory obstruction.
2.4.6.1.5 caused by short circuit occurred through sex.
2.4.6.1.6 protection device, the secondary loop failure cause maloperation.
2.4.6.2 transformer gas action, generally start light gas signal, but also has the sudden
fault, make the light and heavy gas action at the same time.
Heavy gas action or light and heavy gas and action of possible reasons are:
2.4.6.2.1 transformer internal serious failure load switches (with heavy gas action shows
that load switches have serious internal failure).
2.4.6.2.2 transformer massive oil spill, oil level drops rapidly.
2.4.6.2.3 protection device, the secondary loop failure cause maloperation.
2.4.6.2.4 through sexual failure cause maloperation.
2.4.6.2.5 After transformer overhaul, hollow oil
Table 4-6
characteristic
fault
Colorless,
odorless,
nonflammable
Dark grey or black, a slight odor
and combustible
Yellow, color or colorless, nonflammable
Gray, smelly and combustible
Separated from the oil air or air intrusion

Transformer internal flashover
temperature of oil decomposition
Woodiness material failure
or
high
oil
Internal insulation fault
Note:
(1) to identify the color of the gas, should be carried out quickly, or after a period of time,
non-ferrous materials will precipitate, the color has disappeared.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
114/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
115/179
(2) check combustible gas, gas must be gathered in special equipment.

(3) if it is on the top of the gas relay test gas, should be especially careful, do not use fire
near the top of the gas relay, but should be in the top 5 ~ 6 cm.
2.4.6.3.1 if transformer external trouble-free signs, gas relay in gas chromatographic
analysis results for the air, the transformer is still can continue to run;
If determine gas is flammable, shows that the transformer internal fault and must stop
transformer operation;
If no combustible gas, but not the air, then deal with transformer closely monitored, such
as chromatographic analysis of more than normal, the comprehensive judgment of
transformer internal fault, should stop transformer operation.
2.4.6.3.2 when necessary, can also check the oil, if the bright spots will be reduced by
more than 5 , compared with the past, then transformer internal fault and must stop the
transformer operation.
2.4.6.3.3 in the processing at the same time, the time interval of gas signal should be paid
attention to, such as the time interval between successive shortened, said transformer
may trip, gas protection at this point it is forbidden to stop or to signal, and immediately
report Shift leader, conditional can be put into standby transformer.
2.4.6.1 gas relay deflated to note:
2.4.6.4.1 should slowly unscrew the vent valve on the relay.
2.4.6.4.2 as found in the relay for the negative pressure to inhale, should immediately
stop deflated (to prevent air impact gas relay maloperation trip).
2.4.6.4.3 these anomalies are due to respiratory obstruction caused by transformer, the
heavy gas should be converted to the signal, and notify the maintenance immediately
eliminate the phenomenon of blocking, otherwise should report Shift leader, stop
transformer operation.
2.4.6.4.4 gas relay is deflated, it is forbidden to touch the test probe or test button, in case
of error.
2.4.6.2 heavy gas movement in the operation of the transformer or the processing of
light and heavy gas action at the same time:
2.4.6.5.1Report Shift leader, contact maintenance.
2.4.6.5.2 check transformer differential protection, quick break protection, or other action
whether the tripping of backup protection action at the same time, check the gas
protection is correct action, examine the secondary circuit protection device, a troublefree, determine whether caused by misoperation fault zone.
2.4.6.5.3immediately to external inspection of transformer, the key to check: ontology, oil
level, oil temperature, winding temperature, explosion-proof valve, casing, pressure
release valve, such as whether there are abnormal, with and without injection or serious
leak phenomenon, for the fire, smoke, internal presence of crackle.
2.4.6.5.4 notify maintenance gathering oil and gas is analyzed, in order to identify
transformer internal whether there is a fault.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
115/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
116/179
2.4.6.5.5 phenomena according to the consideration when the tripping happens in the
transformer (system with and without impact, voltage presence of volatility), external
examination and chromatographic analysis, judgment of transformer failure properties,
find out the reason.
2.4.6.5.6 If transformer gas protection for action on the trip, and take for combustible
gases and make the protection device, the transformer without after check and test are
not allowed to put into operation again.
2.4.6.5.7 even external inspection and no obvious fault gas check, are not allowed to
send, unless there is a definite evidence that heavy gas maloperation Fang Kejiang send;
If can't find the exact cause, the measurement of transformer winding insulation should
be qualified, and normal chromatographic analysis, after approved by the production vice
director or chief engineer to send.
2.4.6.3 load switches with gas protection action when handling:
2.4.6.6.1 Report Shift leader, contact maintenance.
2.4.6.6.2 record when the tap position, and to determine whether a rearrangement of the
operation, is a step-up or step-down.
2.4.6.6.3 find out reason, eliminate defects after written notice by the maintenance staff
shall be put into operation.
2.4.1
The processing of against suddenly tripping operation of transformer
2.4.7.1 general principles
2.4.7.1.1 Report the Shift leader contact maintenance personnel according to the
siteation.
2.4.7.1.2 transformer trip, if there are any standby transformer should be quickly putting
into operation, such as a standby transformer automatic input device, you should check
for the siteation.
2.4.7.1.3
2.4.7.1.4 if caused by wrong operation personnel, transformer without internal check,
report Shift leader, run back into it.
2.4.7.1.5 If caused by protection action, should check the protection movement siteation,
a record, and the following processing:
2.4.7.1.5.1 external inspection of equipment within the scope of protection, and inform
the maintenance staff to transformer primary and secondary circuits for troubleshooting.
2.4.7.1.5.2 determine transformer tripping from time to tome what external phenomena,
such as the external short-circuit, overload and other, etc.), such as test results prove
that the transformer tripping caused by external fault, transformer without internal
inspection, to eliminate the external fault after operation.
2.4.7.1.5.3 such as tripping caused by the failures of the external, internal fault
inspection by the maintenance staff shall be carried out, and find out any sign of internal
fault, sample collection and gas chromatography analysis, measurement of transformer
winding insulation resistance and transformer winding deformation test, in order to
determine the cause of the problem.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
116/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
117/179
2.4.7.1.5.4 heavy gas, differential protection action, before find out the reason, can not
to transformer power;
Before rerun, you have to find out whether the cause of failure has been ruled out, tapchanger and whether the transformer is not damaged.
2.4.7.1.5.5
transformer back protection tripping, external examination without exception should be
made for transformer and find out the fault point is outside the transformer circuit, can the
transformer try sending again.
2.4.7.1.5.6 After transformer internal and its circuit fault elimination, before put into
operation, pressure test should be done to zero, no conditions when zero booster
measures must complete before sending.
2.4.7.1.5.7 if unable to find out the reason, then banned sent, unless there is a definite
evidence that the transformer exterior fault or protection maloperation Fang Kejiang to
send.
If can't find the exact cause, the measurement of transformer winding insulation should
be qualified, the chromatographic analysis of normal and winding deformation test
normal, after approved by the production vice director or chief engineer to send.
2.4.8
From transformer cooler fault processing
2.4.8.1
Part cooler fault
2.4.8.1.1 standby cooler, should check whether the vote is successful, otherwise should
quickly run into standby cooler;
If the oil pump stops, corresponding to the fan running, also should according to the
cooler fault processing.
2.4.8.1.2 rapid removal of the fault cooler, check the cause of the problem in the
blackout, if necessary contact maintenance personnel processing, after being fault
elimination, restore normal operation of the cooling system.
2.4.8.1.3 part cooler fault, short-term cannot recover, should immediately report Shift
leader, load down.
2.4.8.1.4 main transformer cooler failure load limit, supplied by the manufacturers should
follow the provisions of the cooling conditions allow capacity.
2.4.8.2 report to Shift leader, if necessary, contact maintenance personnel processing,
accurate recording time cooler full stop at the same time, strengthen the operation of
transformer monitoring.
2.4.8.3 such as department of two way power failure, we should quickly find out the
reason, recover the power of the cooler.
2.4.8.4 reduce transformer load quickly, monitoring of transformer oil temperature shall
not exceed the specified value, as far as possible the negative charge reduced to less
than 67% of the rated load.
2.4.8.5 all exit in the operation of the main transformer cooler is run, run 20 min allowed
the rated load, such as the top oil temperature after 20 min has not yet reached 75 ,
allows for up to 75 , but in this state run the longest must not exceed 1 h;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
117/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
118/179
If failure under the condition of the above allow cooler cannot recover, main transformer
cooler fault protection action all over 4, if no action to protect, should immediately report
Shift leader, stop the transformer operation.
2.4.8.6 main transformer cooler two way power failure, the personnel on duty in restoring
the matters needing attention in the process of power supply
2.4.8.6.1 Report Shift leader, contact dispath, try to reduce the generator load, and notify
the maintenance personnel.
Strive for in 20 minutes to finish the following treatment:
A control box two way power supply voltage is normal, whether the contactor trip, two
power supplies.
B away all the work the cooler, check whether apparent failure.
C if the inspection found no obvious failure, together with the maintenance staff trying to
restore power supply normal sending all the way, first by open cooler.
D when open a set of cooler, and the power switch tripping, the group will be immediately
cooler power outage, then restore power supply, open other cooler and recovery efforts.
E in the process, should be closely monitored the transformer top oil temperature shall
not exceed 75 , if the oil temperature rise faster, should continue to reduce the unit
active and reactive power output.
F not return to cooler power such as 20 minutes, should immediately to minimize the
generator load, and closely monitor the transformer top oil temperature does not exceed
75 , will be 1 hour will be automatically postponed to troubleshoot, and completes the
expected downtime of the accident.
3 auxiliary power system

3.1 auxiliary power system operation
1.1 6.6 KV auxiliary power system
This 35 mva have two HV auxiliary transformer work units, as the 6.6 KV power supply
factory with bus work.
HV transformer adopts the double ring transformer on-load voltage regulating, from 1 # 2
# gas turbine system by main transformer low voltage side.
High side branch of the part and mistress line adopts full connected type from phase
enclosed bus, branch line not a circuit breaker or isolating switch, necessary connection
piece available for pick up.
High voltage work auxiliary transformer the low voltage side of the total cases of
enclosed bus to main workshop 6 kv power distribution device.
This units is equipped with two 6.6 kV factory work with bus, bus section by the single
wire, gas turbine auxiliary respectively in corresponding 6.6 kV working segments,
turbine and other public load tap on two bus.
Normal operation state, HV auxiliary transformer for this unit unit plant load;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
118/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
119/179
When a machine downtime main transformer connected to halt, or work factory gets
troubleshooting, and by the work of the adjacent machine transformer to abnormal
operation of the unit auxiliary supplies power load.
Because installed GCB, under normal circumstances the rev. Stop by the main
transformer delivers the auxiliary power unit, as a working factory fault or maintenance,
work with another factory start-stop or running.
Due to the circulation pump room more, medium voltage load and the distance from the
main building, the cycle pump room distribution room internal cycle pump 6.6 kVI bus
section II, as the single bus section connection mode, mainly for the following pump area,
office building, network control, etc.
6.6 KV following pump I and II period of power lead independent workshop 6 kvi
respectively, II work section of the bus.
6 kv auxiliary power switch device adopts metal armoured draw-out switch cabinet,
selection of vacuum circuit breaker and F - C loop (high voltage fuse + vacuum
contactor).
For the large capacity circuit adopts the vacuum circuit breaker, motor of 1000 kw and
below and factory transformer of 1600 kva and below power supply circuit adopts F - C
loop way.
1.2 low voltage auxiliary system
Low voltage auxiliary power system using power system control center (PC) and motor
control center (MCC), more than 75 kw electric motor, power is supplied by power center
(PC) below 75 kw electric motor powered by the motor control center (MCC).
Low voltage transformer into the configuration, as spare (dark).
Two low voltage bus section respectively corresponding to 6 kv work of bus I and II
busbar.
Normal operation of busbar liaison circuit breaker disconnect, when one factory to exit
the runtime, to replace manual, the factory does not consider automatic engagement.
This units have low voltage transformer (2500 kva) 6, two as standby.
Factory set 1600 kva plant become two, for waste water tower, comprehensive pump
room, hydrogen production area and fuel oil low pressure load, such as area segment
from 6 kv power supply bus I and II of the bus.
2000 kva cycle pump variable two stations for comprehensive office building,
maintenance, regional load follow pump room, etc.
Cycle pump variable power source quoted cycle pump room distribution room 6 kv
following pump I, II, two as spare transformer.
Factory set up 630 kva booster station 2 sets, for the load of 500 kv booster station,
segment from 6 kv power supply bus I and II of the bus.
In order to ensure that forced outage in the plant, stop the furnace can safely, to avoid
damage of main equipment, set up a set of auxiliary power system accident in current
security power device and 400/230 v I, II security section.
Security communication power supply adopts quick start diesel generator sets.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
119/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
120/179
Diesel generators: capacity of 1300 kw, the rated voltage of 420/242 v, 50 hz.
The power factor of 0.8, the star connection.
400/230 v I guard work power did I B PC section, 400/230 v I period of security backup
power from II B PC;
400/230 v II security section working power supply from the PC section II B, standby
power from I PC section B.
1.3 the factory location in distribution equipment
1.3.1 distribution of main workshop 6.6 KV work section of plant arrangement in the
turbine room 0.00 m layer of medium voltage distribution room
1.3.2 6.6 KV following pump section distribution equipment layout in the following cycle
pump pump room 0.00 m layer distribution room
1.3.3 400/230 v work IA, type IIA section distribution equipment layout in the turbine room
6.3 m layer of low voltage distribution room;
400/230 v IB, IIB and IC, IIC distribution equipment layout in building with 0.00 m layer of
low voltage distribution room;
400/230 v cycle pump distribution equipment layout in cycle pump room 0.00 m cycle
pump distribution room;
400/230 v section layout in 0.00 m layer water test floor, water distribution room;
400/230 v booster stations layout in network control building 0.00 m distribution room,
400/230 v section layout in building with 6.3 m layer security distribution equipment room,
diesel engine main workshop arrangement in engine room with floor 0 m floor.
1.4 the relevant provisions of the auxiliary power system operation
1.4.1 auxiliary power rearrangement of in addition to follow the basic principles of electric
system and the general considerations and basic principle of equipment operation, but
should also comply with the following provisions:
1.4.2 run normally, the HV auxiliary transformer was run in parallel with variable does not
allow, but in the rearrangement of operation process, allowed to run in parallel with a
short time.
1.4.3 the MCC panel dedicated, thermal control of two way power distribution box PC
power supply is on, there are two piece of MCC load, MCCI catch by PCI, MCCII catch
by PCII belt
1.4.4 run in parallel with the 380 v PC segments are not allowed.
1.4.5 using short-term parallel way in auxiliary power should satisfy:
Voltage difference should not exceed 10%
1.4.6 after new installation or maintenance may be variable phase sequence of the
equipment, nuclear phase must be correct and overhaul clarificaiton, before put into
operation.
1.4.7 factory system transmission, should first close the power switch, after close the
lateral load switch, step by step operation;
On the contrary, if the electricity fails
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
120/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
121/179
1.4.8 6.6 kV and 400 v factory with a bus accident switching principle for power switch,
the switch off the loss of electric bus into line, after confirm the busbar trouble-free,
switch on the standby into line again or contact switch.
1.5 MCC cabinet and special distributor operating rules
1.5.1 running MCC panel rearrangement of way
1.5.1.1 rearrangement of the blackout: notice need to replace the power supply of MCC
section of the user, need a rearrangement of the power and check the MCC one power
supply is normal, after waiting for users to run equipment all stop switch to another all the
way into the line, check the normal on voltage MCC, MCC user after rearrangement of
the power supply, electricity can be normal.
1.5.2 the running of the single power supply MCC loss of power, the operation load on
the check of MCC has automatic switch, MCC will lost electricity all the load distribution
of the power outage, after identify the cause of loss of electricity and eliminate the fault,
the power supply shall be resumed.
5.3 running with dual power supply switching power supply of MCC loss of electricity, the
not bus in identify the cause of loss of electricity and confirm after failure, may will lose
electric MCC all the load distribution of the power outage, then use the other was
restored to power all the way;
Such as bus fault, should be after the fault clearance, can restore power.
(MCC switching power switch is not yet finalized, manual and automatic switching mode)
1.5.4 running MCC panel power failure, such as work for shunt load requirements, the
shunt load should be a power outage, when to restore power, shunt load shall be
governed by the provisions of the power transmission.
1.6 operation regulation of power stop sending:
1.6.1 by circuit breakers stop sending power transmission, should be in accordance with
relevant provisions of fall of brake operation.
1.6.2 for no apparent disconnect point in the circuit of power load power failure, no
current should be measured using clip-on ammeter to pull open the dynamic load of the
power supply or take off the power fuse breaker, when sending the on-site check
dynamic load switch (electromagnetic switch, contactor) and the control, interlock switch
in the off state, then close the power load power breaker or fuse on the power supply.
1.7 low pressure factory variable transmission should be in high side switch (supply side),
after (load) on the low voltage side switches, power order, on the other hand.
1.8 factory operated by bus stop, sending order:
1.8.1 factory by bus, before sending the switch should be disconnected position of each
wire loop, bus TV running position, high-voltage fuse on, close the small TV low voltage
ac/dc switch.
1.8.2 factory with bus power outage before, first stop the bus of the power supply circuit,
and then stopped the bus fast cutting device, then disconnect bus power supply into line
switch, check the bus voltage is zero, disconnect the TV small switches, low voltage
ac/dc bus TV shake to isolated position.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
121/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
122/179
1.9, knife switches and rival car to shut down, either, you have to check the
corresponding switch in the open circuit state, specific provisions are as follows:
1.9.1 6 kv vacuum switch (F - C loop) before the blackout, should first disconnect switch
circuit power supply small open;
Should check the switch before sending the distance, in site chose the concern to the
"on" position, after sending, close brake circuit, close loop power small open, and close
light indicator is normal, check the switch switch without energy storage light indicator is
normal, the switch of the distance, in site chose the concern to the "distant" position.
6 kv F - C circuit switch before sending, shall examine the three-phase fuse is intact.
1.9.2 400 v switch breaker, ella, before, should first will switch HSBC incase of switching
power supply switch.
1.9.3 sending 400 v switch, it can discharge switch in the test position first, and then
switch (push) to "run" position, small switch on the operation of the switch power supply,
check the switch energy storage is normal, and the switch of the distance, in site chose
the concern to the "distant" position (or cut on the comprehensive protection
measurement and control device panel to position "distant").
1.9. 4 whether TV is normal power failure, or blackout accident case, first of all should be
discontinued in the busbar fast cutting or standby power automatic input device, and stop
using low voltage protection (disconnect busbar low voltage dc power supply protection),
remove the low voltage protection after loading (or the comprehensive protection
measurement and control device panel may cause maloperation of the low voltage
protection exit) to a power outage, when sending the opposite.
1.10 before starting the unit, shall confirm the security reliable power, first check normal
on running 400 v security I, II, I B PC, PC section II B running normally, standby diesel
generating set is good, the standby power interlock in position, select automatic way.
1.11 6 kv PZH - 1 c fast cutting device operating rules
1.11.1 fast cutting mechanism of commissioning refers to the unit of ac, dc switch is
closed, this device corresponding trip after measuring the input, DCS operation "quickly
switch closure" did not put in the picture.
1.11.2 fast cutting device service refers to the unit of ac, dc switch is closed, the export of
this device corresponding clamp lifted, DCS operation "quickly switch closure" input in
the picture.
1.11.3 such as 6 kv bus bar a long period work contact switch all require switching power
supply switch, bus can be achieved in a picture of a DCS operation manual.
1.11.4 when busbar loss of electricity, check the device signals and protection action,
confirm busbar and loop trouble-free to restore again after sending.
Accident treatment with a picture of a DCS control switch.
1.11.5 device switch is normal by manual starting switch.
Manual normal is a two-way switch, can work by cut power to the standby power supply,
can also be cut by the standby power to the working power supply;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
122/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
123/179
Accident is started by protection switch, one-way, can only work by the power cut on the
standby power supply
1.11.6 should check: during the normal operation of the running status light is normal;
No closure instructions;
Display voltage, current, frequency and frequency difference, phase difference, switch
position should be consistent with the actual status;
Various ways to set up and setting is consistent;
The linking piece into correct;
No abnormal report and alarm signal.
1.12 auxiliary power system check
1.12.1 fire control facilities, adequate lighting, good ventilation, air conditioning runs
normally, cable seal in good condition, power distribution room and power distribution
equipment clean without sundry around the water, water seepage, water, dust, no
insulation JiaoHuWei, power distribution within the rules of indoor temperature, humidity,
temperature 40 , humidity 80% or less, or less air-conditioned transformer room
temperature to maintain about 25 ).
1.12.2 running various parts of the distribution equipment is clean, no discharge and
flashover, overheating, condensation phenomenon, no sound, no vibration, no peculiar
smell, enclosure grounding is good, the cupboard door close locking;
1.12.3 measured by infrared thermometer when necessary the conductive part of the
joint temperature does not exceed 70 , the mother does not exceed 65 .
1.12.4 auxiliary power system operation mode is consistent with the distance, switch,
breaker, contactor and other equipment running status indication right, hanging signs
consistent with corresponding working ticket at the scene.
1.12.5 the running or hot standby switch on/switch distance or cut mode selection in
comprehensive protection measurement and control device to "distant" position.
1.12.6 switch, contactor, bus voltage equipment such as electric current within the
prescribed scope, three-phase voltage and current balance, bus TV into normal, standby
power switch voltage is normal, three-phase balance;
1.12.7 TV secondary side under any circumstances without short circuit phenomenon, TA
secondary side no open circuit phenomenon.
1.12.8 6.6 kV bus voltage to maintain normal in 6.3 ~ 6.9 kV, the extreme fluctuating
range of 6.0 ~ 6.0 kV and 400 v voltages normally at 380 v to 420 v, the limit range is 360
~ 440 v.
1.12.9 paragraphs load distribution is reasonable, no overload phenomenon.
1.12.10 relay protection device, tripping device, auxiliary power fast cutting device, power
automatic switch device, automatic voltage regulator automatic equipment normal
operation, such as no alarm signal.
1.12.11 check run 6 kv switchgear charged correctly display device instructions.
1.12.12 harmonic elimination device criterion
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
123/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
124/179
A resonance criterion: 17 hz harmonic voltage acuity 17 v, 25 hz harmonic voltage acuity

25 v,150 hz harmonic voltage 33 v or higher.
B grounding criterion: fundamental voltage 30 v or higher.
C overpressure criterion: fundamental voltage 120 v or higher.
D: return coefficient by 93.75%.
3.2 auxiliary power system abnormal operation and trouble shooting

2.1 auxiliary power system bus voltage circuit break:
2.1.1 6.6 kV bus voltage transformer or high 400 v circuit connection of
busbar voltage transformer, low voltage side blown fuse (or low voltage side
open trip), the corresponding part of the bus bar should be "voltage circuit
disconnection alarm signal", confirm the alarm signal.
2.1.2 switch three-phase voltage and on-site inspection, determine whether
the fault phase and the blown fuse or low voltage side open trip.
2.1.3 report Shift leader opinions and consent, contact maintenance
personnel when necessary.
2.1.4 like TV secondary circuit break line, before find out the reason, stop
using this bus fast cutting device (for the switch device), exit the current and
low voltage protection (disconnect current and low voltage protection dc
power supply, and withdrew from the low voltage protection in the integrated
protection device), out of the low voltage protection misoperation device may,
after being defect elimination, the secondary circuit replacement fuse fuse or
close to low voltage side open.
2.1.5 like TV a blown fuse, before find out the reason, stop using this bus fast
cutting device (for the switch device), exit the current and low voltage
protection (disconnect current and low voltage protection dc power supply,
and withdrew from the low voltage protection in the integrated protection
device), out of the low voltage protection misoperation device may, after
waiting for defect elimination, pull the voltage transformer interval;
Resume operation with stop service instead.
2.2 auxiliary power system accident treatment
2.2.1 6.6 kV work I section (section II) bus power supply switch trip
2.2.1.1 phenomenon:
2.1.1.1 DCS send alarm signal, contact switch from the success or failure,
section 6.6 kV factory use busbar loss of pressure, the corresponding 400 v
PC and MCC loss of pressure.
Since the rev. Part of the ac motor stalling, spare motor.
. 2.1.1.2 6.6 kV bus bar "" low voltage protection alarm, low voltage protection
action in partial load tripping.
2.1.1.3400 v security EMCC corresponding may lose electric, security
automatic switching period of stand-by power switch
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
124/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
125/179
2.2.1.2 reasons:
. 1.2.1 generator and transformer group and HV auxiliary transformer
protection (a branch) backup protection action start 6.6 kV power supply
switch trip, start fast cutting device at the same time, the success or failure of
reserve power source.
1.2.2 HV auxiliary transformer become backup protection action start 6.6 kV
power supply switch trip, the former cut atresia is fast.
The cause of backup protection action might be: 6.6 kV busbar fault;
Above 6.6 kV load fault, protection tripping.
1.2.3 personnel caused by wrong operation.
2.2.1.3 processing:
. 2.1.3.1 6.6 kV a bus power switch tripping, standby power switch should be
automatic switch to normal;
After the completion of the switch should check the 6.6 kV bus voltage is
normal;
Report Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel find fault tripping reason;
Reset signal (the signal of the protection device should be in the maintenance
staff confirmed return).
2.1.3.2 6.6 kV a bus power switch tripping, belong to high factory backup
protection action or fast cutting device failure or fast cutting device run out,
and the standby power switch is not closing:
. 2.1.3.3 immediately check whether the corresponding security EMCC 400 v
power supply switch to normal, such as 400 v security EMCC stand-by power
switch failure, then confirm the wood from the rev is normal, whether security
power since the vote, the voltage is normal, or manual open diesel generator
company, to restore the normal power supply of 400 v security EMCC.
. 2.1.3.4 immediately check the 6.6 kV bus bar with low voltage transformer
should get high and low voltage side switch tripping, otherwise, should be
manually pulled low pressure factory is high, the low voltage side switch,
check after the break, high and low voltage side switch manually close losing
electricity 400 v bus contact the power switch, resume normal 400 v auxiliary
power.
. 2.1.3.5 check 6.6 kV fault all the switch should be jumped on the bus.
2.1.3.6 Report Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel find fault tripping
reasons, such as confirmation of busbar faults and 6.6 kV power switch has
jumped, 6.6 kV stand-by power switch can be manually close;
Recovery in turn operation of low voltage traansformer;
400 v auxiliary power recovery belong to normal operation;
Ensure factory security system to normal operation mode power supply;
The generator load to take full;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
125/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
126/179
staff confirmed return);
Further find out the specific reason for the fault tripping, after waiting for
defect elimination, restore power to 6.6 kV power supply work properly.
. 2.1.3.7 as 6.6 kV bus bar and then according to the 6.6 kV bus electric
processing, after waiting for defect elimination, in accordance with the
relevant provisions of 6.6 kV bus bar hours.then;
Try to send after normal, return to normal operation mode.
. 2.1.3.8 should pay special attention to in the process of accident treatment
must not blindly rob to switch, so as to avoid or risk reserve power stems from
a fault on the bus.
. 2.1.3.9 accident treatment process should also strengthen the monitoring of
dc system and UPS.
2.2.2 400 v auxiliary power PC clip a bus power supply switch trip
2.2.2.1 phenomenon:
2.1.1 relevant alarm signal, a low voltage transformer factory trip,
corresponding to 400 v PC, MCC, pressure loss part of the ac motor stalling,
spare motor since the rev.
2.1.1 400 v IB or IIB may lead to a corresponding pressure loss 400 v security
EMCC voltage-absent, wood from the start with the load.
2.1.2 May trip unit.
2.2.2.2 reasons:
2.2.1 Interrupt of 6.6 kV bus auxiliary power part.
2.2.2 low-voltage transformer and PC bus, 400 v, 400 v cable fault.
2.2.3 400 v load fault, great trip.
2.2.4 personnel caused by wrong operation.
2.2.2.3 processing:
2.3.1 reporting Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel find trip.
. 2.3.2Such as 400 vib section, pressure loss should immediately check the
corresponding security EMCC 400 v power supply switch is not normal, such
as 400 v security EMCC stand-by power switch failure, then confirm the wood
from the rev is normal, whether security power since the vote, the voltage is
normal, or manual open diesel generator company, to restore the normal
power supply of 400 v security EMCC.
2.3.3 check 400 v fault all the switch should be jumped on the bus.
. 2.3.4 if confirm the busbar fault and 400 v power switch has jumped, contact
the power switch can be manually closed busbar restore normal power 400 v
auxiliary power;
Ensure factory security system to normal operation mode power supply;
The generator load to take full;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
126/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
127/179
staff confirmed return);
Further find out the specific reason for the fault tripping, after waiting for
defect elimination, restore power to 400 v power supply work properly.
. 2.3.5, such as 400 v bus and electric processing, according to the 400 v bus
lost;
For the loss of power supply electrical MCC, upon confirmation of busbar
trouble-free and work jumped the power switch, switch power supply all the
way to the other, only have a power supply of MCC, should arrange load
transfer;
After being 400 v bus troubleshooting, in accordance with the relevant
provisions of the 400 v bus hours.then;
Try to send after normal, return to normal operation mode.
2.2.3 Security section 400 v EMCC work power tripping process:
2.3.1 400 v power switch security EMCC work after the trip, should
immediately check whether the corresponding security EMCC 400 v power
supply switch to normal, such as 400 v security EMCC stand-by power switch
failure, then confirm the wood from the rev is normal, whether security power
since the vote, the voltage is normal, or manual open diesel generator
company, to restore the normal power supply of 400 v security EMCC.
2.3.2Report. Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel find trip.
2.3.3 400 v security EMCC a bus to work after the power switch tripping,
standby power source fails, diesel generator company not since the rev.,
manual start failed to diesel generator company or start diesel generator
company success but restore security EMCC 400 v power supply failure,
should doubt for busbar faults, should transfer the load as soon as possible,
to maintain stable operation, malfunction and contact maintenance personnel
as soon as possible, back to normal operation.
. 2.3.4 security in case of the 400 v EMCC two paragraphs are losing
electricity due to bus fault, refer to the unit auxiliary power interruption
accident processing.
2.2.4 6.6 kV auxiliary power system of single-phase grounding: if the 6.6 kV
bus itself above ground or after a load circuit grounding protection tripping, 6.6
kV bus bar power switch earthing protection action, the power switch tripping,
press trip accident processing;
If a load circuit grounding, grounding protection action by the circuit switch
tripping, disconnect the ground, contact maintenance treatment.
2.2.5 factory 400 v auxiliary power system of single-phase grounding: if the
bus itself above ground or after a load circuit grounding protection tripping,
400 v bus power switch earthing protection action, the power switch tripping,
press trip accident processing;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
127/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
128/179
If a load circuit grounding, grounding protection action by the circuit switch

tripping, disconnect the ground, contact maintenance treatment.
4 DC system operation
4.1 the project DC system

4.1.1 main workshop of dc system
4.1.1.1 220 v dc system
220 V dc system for main workshop of power, control, protection, signal such as load: the
main large capacity load are big machine of dc oil pump, generator hydrogen empty side
of the dc oil pump, UPS and dc power supply, etc.
Configure two groups 220 v valve control type sealed lead acid battery, 107 cells in each
group.
Eight hours discharge capacity is 2500 ah.
Each battery discharging termination voltage to 1.80 V, equalizing charge voltage of 2.30
V.
Dc bus power supply range of 192.6-246.1 V.
The unit without the battery and battery antihypertensive measures, 2 sets of charging
device;
Battery charging device adopts phased switching power supply, its rated output current is
600 a,, charger ac power from the security section.
220 v dc system adopts single busbar connection, equipped with charging busbar and
distribution bus, bus charging for battery charging and test, and the charger dc feeder
distribution bus.
Each group of 220 dc system with can bus and the feeder grounding fault detection of
microcomputer type insulation monitoring device, busbar and feeder grounding, signal
alarm.
System operation state is divided into four state, floating, automatic filling.
All charge status to: pressure limiting current limit (set are charging pressure) (set are
charging flow).
Floating status to: constant voltage current limit (set of float charging pressure).
Automatic status to: according to the capacity of the battery case, automatically adjust
the charging status (both filling, floating).
Protection features include:
Input ac, phase fault and phase sequence protection function: such as the input ac power
disconnected, fault phase sequence, such as losing electricity charging state machine
can't start.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
128/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
129/179
Acousto-optic alarm and contact and issue a corresponding signal output, after the failure
to eliminate reset the fault alarm signal, restart the charger.
Charger over-current fault protection function: the protection for the current limit
protection of backup protection, charging machine output flow, automatic stop working.
Charger under-voltage fault protection function: charger output occurred under voltage,
automatic stop working.
Fuse fuse protection function: charger ac input fuse fuse, filtering, dc output the fuse
fuse, automatic stop working, and a corresponding sound and light alarm and contact
signal output, and fault elimination after reset the fault alarm signal, artificial restart the
charger.
Charger output current limit protection function: automatic charging machine has the
output current is not more than 1 times the rated output current limiting function, when
the load increases the charger output current increases to 1 times the rated current,
charger output voltage drops, to ensure that the output current is not continue to
increase.
Battery charged current-limiting protection function: the machine has automatic battery
charging current limiting function, when after the charging current setting the battery
charging current, charging machine output voltage drop, to ensure that the charging
current is not more than the set current.
Charger temperature protection: when the charger will start automatically after the main
part of the temperature to 80 forced air-cooled axial flow fan, for its cooling, fan
stopped working after the temperature is less than 50 .
Charger temperature and humidity protection: when the environment temperature is too
low or the humidity, automatic start heating device, to ensure the system temperature
and humidity.
The protection ability is limited, of course, such as environment more than requirement
please take artificial measures to ensure environmental requirements.
Alarm features include:
Ac input exception: when the ac input power after undervoltage signal sound and light
alarm and contact output, please timely repair.
Dc bus voltage abnormal alarm: when the dc bus voltage exceeds the set range, have a
sound and light alarm and contact signals output, please timely repair.
Dc system insulation abnormal alarm: the system sets the microcomputer type insulation
monitoring device, the device can detect system insulation system and insulation fault
loop position and report.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
129/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
130/179
When the dc system ground resistance is less than the set value after signal
corresponding alarm and contact output, please timely repair.
After fault clearance, please reset the fault alarm signal.
4.1.1.2 DC parameters
input voltage
AC400V15%
input frequency
50Hz5%
efficiency
>85%
power factor
>0.7
charger output voltage 198V~260V
charger output current 0~500A
charger steady pressure precision 1%
Charging machine precision of steady flow 2%
Charger ripple coefficient 1%
accumulator rated capacity 2500AH
accumulator number
107
accumulator rated voltage 2V
accumulator final voltage 1.75V
accumulator discharge current 300A
accumulator 10h discharge capacity2500AH
DC busbar voltage 220V~240V

DC busbar current 2000A
noise
55dB
insulation action resistance 1K~99K
busbar voltage monitoring 0~150
insulation resistance
10M
dielectric strength
AC 2KV 1min
temperature rise
80K
level of protection
IP42
4.1.1.3 the use of dc system and operation
Before use to prepare and check: please appearance inspection before use, please refer
to the wiring diagram of each screen check have because damage caused by the
components, wiring loose, beheaded, transformer and terminal line installation wiring is
correct.
If the device is in good condition, can use electricity.
Device of electric start: close the ac power line switch, check whether there is a fault
signal output, after waiting for the normal work of the charger.
If the battery voltage is too low alarm, belongs to the normal state.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
130/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
131/179
If communication appear open phase or phase sequence errors, charger ac fault alarm
monitor.
If there is a fault signal requires power outage for maintenance.
If everything is ok, please close the charger dc output switch.
Monitor automatic state, the charger automatically start, start the automatic control
process.
Charger after normal work, which can output switch and the feeder bus circuit switch, use
dc power supply.
Plant operations: exit points broken charger dc output switch, breaker switch charger ac
input.
Stop running system.
The bus power supply provided by the battery.
Note that at this point there is still a work of dc power supply charger terminals.
Device internal parameters of the modified: device set inside the parameter is adjusted
before delivery, don't modify easily, if the device is damaged, the reason such as the drift
to be adjusted, only manufacturer or trained maintenance personnel can be modified and
adjusted.
4.1.1.4 dc system operation mode
1.1.4.1 Run in parallel with during normal operation, the battery and charger;
Input ac after the main transformer isolation step-down, three-phase fully-controlled
bridge rectifier for pulsating dc voltage, again through the inductor, capacitor filter to
stabilize the dc voltage to the bus provide dc control power, at the same time complete
the battery charging.
Battery run in float charging way;
Dc power supply system centralized monitoring device can control the charger for the
battery automatic cyclical equalizing charge;
Battery charge and discharge and maintenance regularly conducted by full-time staff.
1.1.4.2 ban dc bus power supply from the battery charger separately to load.
1.1.4.3 dc oil pump start, should timely adjust the charger output current, keep the dc bus
voltage, the scope of the permit dc oil pump after shutdown, should timely adjust the
charger output current, keep the dc bus voltage in the allowed range.
1.1.4.4 dc system is running, grounding insulation monitoring device shall be put into
operation.
1.1.4.5 when malfunction in the operation of the charger, battery short supply for the load,
but the charger should be resumed as soon as possible, failure chargers cannot be put
into operation, should be in accordance with the way through the contact switch to make
two paragraphs run in parallel with the bus.
1.1.4.6 during normal operation, any operation of dc system should not make the dc bus
instantaneous power failure.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
131/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
132/179
1.1.4.7 when two bus any group have a ground signal, it is forbidden to run in parallel
with the bus.
1.1.4.8 two dc power supply, shall meet the following conditions: the same polarity, equal
to the voltage (differential pressure 2 ~ 3 v).
That any parallel operation of dc system, must correct polarity and voltage difference in
joint points of measurement meet the condition (2 ~ 3 v) after may.
1.1.4.9 two different power supply devices, do not allow the power supply through the
load switch, only when two bus and allowed to "pull" after first operation.
1.1.4.10 ban run in parallel with two groups of battery;
Ban charger run in parallel with the long-term;
Two sets of dc bus dispatch two busbar voltage should be taken before tied to equal (or
differential pressure within 2 ~ 3 v), the switch will need to stop using the charger out
immediately after running.
Booster station using float charging battery.
To improve the reliability of dc power auxiliary workshop, and to reduce the interference
of dc system for main building and the voltage drop, in following pumps and water
distribution room of each configuration 1 set of 220 v maintenance-free battery of
complete sets of power equipment, 2 sets of charging device and microcomputer type
insulation monitoring device.
4.1.2 125 v dc system
GE each gas turbine is equipped with a set of 125 v dc system for the protection of the
gas turbine system, control the load.
Decorate in the PEECC.
4.1.3 network control room dc system
To meet the dual of the protection and control signal independent double circuit power
supply reliability requirements, network control room set 220 v, 600 ah valve control type
sealed lead acid battery in the two groups, for network control dc control load, dc system
adopts single busbar connection, two wire system, grounding system, battery USES
silicon pile of antihypertensive measures, adopt maintenance-free battery complete
phase switch power supply units (with three sets of charging device).
Network control building dc system arrangement in the network control room, network
control dc batteries battery invalve decorate in network control floor.
Dc system set up a set of microcomputer type insulation device, automatic feeder of the
dc system insulation status detection, and find the pick up location.
4.1.4 auxiliary workshop dc system
To improve the reliability of dc power auxiliary workshop, and consider to reduce the
interference of dc system for main building and the voltage drop, considering of the
workshop on away from the main building independent dc power supply.
In the water distribution room with 1 set of 220 v, 60 ah maintenance-free battery power
supply units, power supply for auxiliary workshop.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
132/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
133/179
Each set includes 220 v, 60 ah valve control type sealed battery 1 group, with 1 set of
high frequency switch charger module (n + 1).
In thecoming pump room distribution room with 1 set of 220, 150 ah maintenance-free
battery of complete sets of power equipment, for which, low voltage control the load.
Each set includes 220 v, 150 ah valve control type sealed battery 1 group, with 1 set of
charger (n + 1) high frequency switch module.
4.2 DC system operation monitoring and inspection
4.2.1 2 battery continuous float charging operation mode should be adopted, float
charging flow shall meet the following requirements, float charging voltage of each
battery shall be maintained at between 2.23 ~ 2.27 V.
Float charging flow control in 3 A
4.2.2 when normal operation of busbar voltage 220 v dc system shall generally be
maintained at 220 ~ 240 v range, when beyond this range should be adjusted in time.
Battery float charging flow after normal, 220 v dc charger output current of the system
should be 100 or less a.
4.2.3
Holdings battery check project
4.2.3.1 external complete without break, each joint connection is firm, no corrosion, no
loosening fever, excessive acid.
4.2.3.2 invalve clean battery, battery and platform without dirty, should often keep in 15 ~
25 at room temperature.
4.2.3.3 accumulator room building complete, lighting and ventilation is good, no acid.
4.2.3.4 battery inspection device working normally.
4.2.4 screen, chargers, dc insulation monitoring device check project
4.2.4.1 check dc screen each small switch position, each meter and indicator is normal.
4.2.4.2 the dc system insulation is good, the operation of the dc bus to ground insulation
resistance should not be less than 20 k , if have grounding phenomenon should
immediately find and deal with.
4.2.4.3 dc power system monitoring device running normally, status indication is correct,
no alarm signal.
4.2.4.4 check each joint of the charger and feeder rack without looseness, overheating.
4.2.4.5 dc bus voltage and float charging current is normal (0.5 ~ 1 a), often swing and
jump sharp reduction phenomenon.
4.2.4.6 charger screen: "the ac power indicator lights", "into the line operation
instructions" lights, lights "system failure".
4.2.4.7 insulation monitoring device display is normal, no abnormal alarm.
4.3 DC system operation general rule
4.3.1 the examination before operation
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
133/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
134/179
4.3.1.1 dc circuit integrity, security demolish measures, and comply with the operating
conditions.
4.3.1.2 insulation measurement qualified.
4.3.1.3 switch and contactor institutions without jamming, secondary loop connection
without loose.
4.3.1.4 phase sequence correct polarity.
4.3.1.5 spare float charging device should be in good condition.
4.3.1.6 each meter and fuse intact.
4.3.2 dc bus parallel operation (stop using a set of batteries, for example)
4.3.2.1 adjust the dc bus voltage is equal to two pieces (delta U 2 v or less, and the two
paragraphs without grounding signal).
4.3.2.2 adjustment to stop using the battery export current meter to zero.
4.3.2.3 will be discontinued export battery switch
4.3.2.4 adjust another dc bus power supply module output current is zero, pull open the
ac input switch, disconnect breaker output.
4.3.2.5 adjust working power supply module output current, the dc bus voltage within the
prescribed scope, battery float charging current of 0.5 A.
Battery output fuse 4.3.2.6 to remove the substance is discontinued.
4.3.3 battery has a set of operation
4.3.3.1 put stay put battery output fuse.
4.3.3.2 adjust working power supply module output current, dc bus voltage and the stay
put battery voltage is equal.
4.3.3.3 will stay put battery output open concern to this section of the dc bus.
4.3.3.4 into another charger power supply module.
4.3.3.5 adjust output current two paragraphs on the dc bus power supply module, the
busbar voltage within the prescribed scope, battery float charging current of 0.5 A.
4.3.4 power module to the dc bus power supply to the battery charge floating operation
4.3.4.1 check the power supply circuit module belong to complete, in line with the
4.3.4.2 put total output dc fuse on the power supply module.
4.3.4.3 will be suitable for the busbar side output switching power supply module.
4.3.4.4 check the power supply module panel "manual/automatic switch" in "automatic"
position.
4.3.4.4 check dc power system monitoring unit panel status to "floating".
4.3.4.5 check dc power system monitoring device in the power supply module are "on"
state.
4.3.4.6 close communication into line air switch power supply module.
4.3.4.7 close communication power supply modules into line lightning arrester air switch.
4.3.4.8 on high frequency switching power supply module of the three-phase ac input
switch, check the "into the line operation instructions" lights.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
134/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
135/179
4.3.4.9 check dc bus voltage meter screen charge, normal bus charging current meter
instructions.
4.3.4.10 check dc screen about battery current meter is 0.5 A.
4.4 DC system abnormal and trouble shooting general rule
4.4.1 protection and alarm
4.4.1.1 input overvoltage protection: 456 v or + 5 vac shutdown alarm, power grid normal
automatic recovery.
4.4.1.2 input under-voltage alarm: 280 + 5 or less vac
4.4.1.3 output overvoltage protection: p (220 v) series 160 v, 320 v, 110 v series)
shutdown alarm, automatic recovery after the voltage is normal.
4.4.1.4 under-voltage alarm output: set arbitrary by monitoring system.
4.4.1.5 overheating protection: charger to 75 + 5 or higher temperature shutdown
alarm.
Normal temperature automatic recovery
4.4.1.6 output short circuit protection: output current limit, automatic recovery after
troubleshooting
4.4.1.7 lightning protection: a complete lightning protection circuit.
4.4.2 abnormal operation of the dc system
4.4.2.1 "dc bus voltage high" bright light plate
4.4.2.1.1 check bus voltage value, to determine the voltage relay action is correct.
4.4.2.1.2 power module output current regulation, to maintain busbar voltage within the
prescribed scope.
4.4.2.1.3 check dc panel "automatic filling instructions" light is on, if the light is lit, the
charger for battery are automatically, strengthen the monitoring, all at the end of the
filling, dc bus voltage should be automatically returned to normal.
4.4.2.1.4 If charger failure, run into standby charger, and inform the maintenance staff.
4.4.2.2 "low dc bus voltage" bright light plate
4.4.2.2.1 check bus voltage value, to determine the voltage relay action is correct.
4.4.2.2.2 if due to the auxiliary power system fault or cause lose ac power charger,
charger control circuit should be tried to quickly recover charging equipment power
supply.
4.4.2.2.3If caused by overload, to increase the high frequency switching power supply
module, timely to keep the bus voltage is normal.
4.4.2.2.4 If failure due to the power supply module, should open the standby power
supply module.
If the standby power supply module fault, also should consider to run in parallel with two
groups of busbar.
4.4.3 dc system grounding
4.4.3.1 the phenomenon of dc system grounding
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
135/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
136/179
4.4.3.1.1 control (or power) dc system insulation monitoring device sends out alarm
signal;
4.4.3.1.2 DCS system images appear light plate "control (or power) dc system insulation
lower" signal;
4.4.3.1.3 UACS system appear "control (or power) dc system insulation lower" signal;
4.4.3.1.4 Low insulation alarm on-site insulation monitoring device
4.4.3.2 dc system grounding, general processing method is as follows:
4.4.3.2.1 dc system grounding alarm occurs, should use the dc distribution panel of dc
insulation monitoring device, determine the fault line number, determine grounding
polarity and degree, the report Shift leader, notify the relay protection, thermal control on
duty personnel to look for.
4.4.3.2.2 should be ready before seeking for dc power supply after losing some
protection maloperation accident or damaged, the equipment.
4.4.3.2.3 dc insulation monitoring device based on microcomputer according to fault
busbar, fault line number lookup, asks the loop if any work, if have, immediately stop
working.
4.4.3.2.4 (4) new start asking any equipment, whether be affected with damp be affected
with damp, water equipment, test the instantaneous power of the equipment when
necessary.
4.4.3.2.5 of low insulation level, equipment defects and repair work of electrical
equipment and circuits for key inspection.
4.4.3.2.6 instantaneous power method is used for grounding, switch whether the device
is grounding should be sending immediately after power off time (no more than 3 s).
To control the dc system, signal first parts after operation, the last stop protection,
thermal control part of the sequence;
On the dc power system, lighting parts after the power first.
When trying to pull dc oil pump power, must confirm the oil pump in service.
4.4.3.2.7 220 v dc system main belt, and protection of the power operation, the
instantaneous power grounding lookup brings to the unit safe operation of the bigger
threat, should not be commonly use, should as far as possible use of dc insulation
monitoring device.
4.4.3.2.8 inspection insulation monitoring device, high frequency switch power supply
module, battery and dc bus is grounded.
4.4.3.2.9 when determine grounding devices are not allowed to stop using, report to
leadership.
4.4.3.2.10Resume as soon as possible after ground fault eliminate dc original operation
mode.
4.4.3.1 lookup the precautions in the dc system grounding
4.4.3.3.1 for dc system grounding, need two people, one operator, a guardianship.
4.4.3.3.2 in finding ground or in the process, should prevent dc circuit grounding short
circuit or another point.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
136/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
137/179
4.4.3.3.3 dc system grounding, prohibited in the second back to work on the road.
4.4.3.3.4 dc system grounding does not allow more than 2 hours.
4.4.3.3.5 using meter check grounding, instrument internal resistance is not less than
2000 /V.
4.4.3.3.6 try pulling equipment involve other departments, to Shift leader agreed, and
expected.
4.4.1 dc bus short circuit
4.4.4.1 phenomenon: connect the charger in this bus trip, battery export fuse fusing,
busbar voltage disappeared, DCS, UACS and on-site automatic monitoring device of the
relevant alarm signal.
4.4.4.2 dc busbar processing method of short circuit
4.4.4.2.1 switch and protection maloperation accident or refusing action of thought.
4.4.4.2.2 open failure all the load switch on the bus (such as bus control, should be
closed all load switch on another bus, guarantee load electricity).
4.4.4.2.3 disconnect the battery breaker to bus.
4.4.4.2.4 disconnect breaker high frequency switching power supply module export
output.
4.4.4.2.5 disconnect high-frequency switching power supply module communication into
the line of main switch.
4.4.4.2.6 confirm empty bus, bus for measuring insulation.
If normal, check the charger and battery, after normal report Shift leader, use the charger
to the dc bus hours.then is normal, and replace the battery export insurance.
And then to insulation measurement of load by road, find out the fault point, restore
trouble-free load operation.
4.4.2 battery failure, the battery always blown fuse
4.4.5.1 for charging device to trip, should immediately pull open fault all the load switch
on the bus (such as for the control bus, should be closed all load switch on another bus,
guarantee load electricity);
If charging device not trip, should timely adjust the output current, maintain the bus
voltage.
4.4.5.2 if dc bus accumulator blown fuse, disconnect the battery breaker export output,
with the charger power alone, after fault clearance, to restore the original operation
mode.
4.4.5.3 check if the battery has a problem, should be run in parallel with two bus, and
reporting Shift leader contact maintenance personnel processing.
4.5 network accused of 220 v dc system operation
Dc control system for 3 charging machine, 2 groups of battery, 2 section of the bus.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
137/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
138/179
Sequence of operation (see system schematic diagram) as follows:

1, 1 # charging machine put into use by the following order:
Close communication into the first line switch 1 zk, three-phase ac voltage is normal, and
ac input switch 1 q1 start charging machine, through the monitor control SCR output
stable dc charging machine, and dc output switch 1 q2, when 1 gs (AUTOMATIC
CHANGEOVER) closed switch (A) by judging and GH9 battery switch, then complete the
boot process at the same time to recharge the battery pack charger.
Reclosing GH5 and 1 dq switch (the switch is through AUTOMATIC INTERLOCKING
complete), the charger and battery pack after 1 ty pressure regulating device, GH5
switch, 1 dq provide stable dc power switch to on the bus load.
Close communication into the first line switch 2 zk, three-phase ac voltage is normal, and
stable dc charging machine, and dc output switch 2 q2, when 2 gs (AUTOMATIC
CHANGEOVER) switch (A) by closing judgment, then close the battery switch GH10,
then complete the boot process at the same time to recharge the battery pack charger.
Reclosing GH6 switch and 2 dq switch (the switch is through AUTOMATIC
INTERLOCKING complete), the charger and battery pack after 2 ty pressure regulating
device, GH6 switch, 2 dq provide stable dc power switch to on the bus load.
Switch 3 zk close communication into the first line, ac three-phase voltage is normal, and
stable dc charging machine,
Switch 3 q2 and dc output.
The 3 # charger start over.
1 # 4, when the charger failure 1 gs switch automatically disconnect switch to the (A) (B)
from 3 # 1 set of battery and charger with bus.
The whole process of 3 zk - 3 q1-3 q2-1 gs (B) - > GH1 - ty - GH5-1 dq.
2 # 5, when charging machine failure occurs 2 gs switch automatically disconnect switch
to the (A) (B) by 3 # battery charger with 2 group and 2 bus.
The whole process of 3 zk - 3 q1-3 q2-2 gs (B) - > GH2 - ty - GH6-2 dq.
6, when 1 #, 3 # charger failure, 1 gs switch (A, B) are disconnected, the 2 # 2 battery
charging machine belt, 2 section of the bus at the same time to set the battery at the
same time with 1 bus.
For the whole process
2ZK2Q12Q22GS(A)2TYGH62DQ
left
GH4GH31TYGH51DQ
7, when 2 #, 3 # charger failure, 2 gs switch (A, B) are disconnected, the 1 # 1 battery
charging machine belt, 1 section of the bus at the same time give two groups the battery
at the same time take 2 bus.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
138/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
139/179
For the whole process

1ZK1Q11Q21GS(A)1TYGH561DQ
left
GH3GH42TYGH62DQ
8, when 1 # 1 ty fault in dc voltage adjustment screen, from 3 # 3 ty of dc voltage
adjustment screen with 1 section of the bus.
Whole process 1Q11Q21GS(A)GH33TYGH71DQ
9, when 2 # 2 ty faults in the dc voltage adjustment screen, from 3 # 3 ty of dc voltage
adjustment screen with 2 bus.
Process for 2Q12Q22GS(A)GH43TYGH82DQ
1 # 10, when the dc voltage adjustment screen (ty) 1 and 3 # dc voltage adjustment
screen (ty) are a failure, dc voltage regulation by the 2 # screen ty (2) at the same time
with 1 bus, 2 paragraphs.
all Process 2Q12Q22GS(A)2TYGH62DQ3DQ
2 # 11, when the dc voltage regulating screen (ty) 1 and 3 # dc voltage adjustment
screen (ty) are a failure, from 1 # screen ty (1) to adjust the dc voltage at the same time
with 1 bus, 2 paragraphs.
allProcess 1Q11Q21GS(A)1TYGH51DQ3DQ
5. UPS system
5.1 The surface introduced each key-press UPS device
No.
1
name
out
light
Bypass power lig

ht
Bypass frequency
anomaly, bypass
abnormal voltage
Frequency of the
bypass normal
The rectifier light
Rectifying the
Rectification is
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
flicker
Bypass frequency
anomaly, bypass
voltage is
normal
139/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
blockade
not blocked
Page
140/179
Battery status
indicator
Battery switch is
closed, no discharge
Battery switch is
closed, the
battery discharge
Battery switch,
fuse
Inverter output
instructions
The inverter voltage

abnormal
The inverter
voltage is normal
Inverter load
status indicators
Don't inverter power

supply, the output
switch
Inverter power
supply, the output
voltage is normal
Inverter power
supply, the output
voltage is
abnormal
Bypass on load
status indicators
The bypass supply

output or open circuit
Bypass the power

supply, the
bypass frequency
inverter voltage is
normal
Bypass the power

supply, frequency
of the bypass or
abnormal voltage
inverter
Inverter control switch

7 The inverter switch, manual closed or open the inverter switch.
8 Inverter status indicator light (yellow) - instruction manual of inverter switch state.
When inverter manually shut down, the lights.
The alarm lamp and the mute button
13. Alarm indicator light (red), LCD display the alarm information, the indicator,
accompanied by sound the alarm.
14 The alarm mute button () - press this switch will cancel the sound the alarm, but the
alarm display LCD continue to exist,
Until the fault state eliminated; When the new alarm information, sound the alarm to be
triggered.
The bar chart
This function displays the UPS load and battery charging status.
16. The battery voltage indicator (amber)
When the battery discharge time remaining is less than 6 minutes, the lights.
When the battery switch, or the battery or the battery discharge but backup when the
time is more than 6 minutes, the lights went out.
17. When battery charging battery capacity show/discharge time remaining
When the battery charge: from left to right, from 0 to 100% battery capacity light a 20%
increase.
Battery discharge: from right to left, discharge time reduced from 8 minutes every 2
minutes remaining put out a.
The switch is off, the battery completely destroyed.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
140/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
141/179
18. Load proportion shows

From left to right, a 20% increase on a load capacity.
Load capacity < 4%, the five leds are not bright.
19. The overload indicator (amber)
When the load exceeds UPS rated capacity, the lights.
At the same time a buzzer alarm and LCD display the alarm information.
LCD and menu operation button
Menu operation button (9,10,11,12,20)
There are five menu key operation.
And some menu key has two functions, operation features described in the following
table:
Key
function1
F1
switching
window
function2
ESC
quit
F2
F3
left move
right move
down
up
F4
confirm
HELP
gelp
Emergency stop switch (EPO)

To prevent accidental operation, emergency stop switch (EPO) is covered by a safety
cover outside.
When pressing the EPO switches,
All static switch was closed (to cut off the load power supply), rectifier, inverter closed,
the battery switch trip.
Under normal circumstances, because UPS using manual input circuit breaker, so the
EPO can't disconnect the input power supply of UPS.
If UPS front-end input use which has the function of the electronic control trip switch, can
use the EPO switch drive outside
Circuit breaker tripping and disconnect the input power supply of UPS.
Emergency stop
5.2 UPS operation
UPS can be in one of the following several kinds of operation mode:
normal operation (including non-return mode and direct mode) -- -- -- -- -- UPS all the
power switch is closed, UPS on load.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
141/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
142/179
maintenance bypass switch off -- -- -- -- -- UPS, the load by maintenance bypass switch
directly connected to bypass the power supply.
shutdown - all the power switch, power load.
static bypass - load by static bypass mains power supply.
This way of power supply can be seen as a UPS in inverter power supply and
maintenance bypass power supply state of mutual transformation between a middle
power supply mode, or under the abnormal working state of UPS power supply.
economic model - all the power switch and battery switch in the closed state, static
transfer switch by the bypass mains load by UPS power supply, inverter in the backup
state.
2.2 the power switch
After open the UPS cabinet at the front valve with a key, can see UPS power switch
includes:
Q1 - input switch: to UPS with the input mains connection.
Q2 - bypass switch: connect the UPS to bypass the power supply.
Q3 - maintenance bypass switch (lock) : in the maintenance of UPS, power supply by
maintenance bypass directly to load.
Q4 - output switch: connect the UPS output and load.
Note: the battery switch is not installed within the UPS, behind the ark of the feeder, two
sets of each have been flow switch, power supply, respectively from the 220 v dc feeder
panel
2.3 UPS boot steps (don't interrupt the load power supply)
This section describes start UPS to maintenance bypass power supply condition, then
switch to the state of the inverter power supply operation steps.
Premise is installed, UPS has by the engineer's debugging to normal, and the external
power switch has been closed.
Note: the following description of UPS is in inverse check mode by default.
Please ensure that the phase sequence is correct
In maintenance bypass switch in Q3
1Output power switch Q4 and bypass the power switch Q2.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
142/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
143/179
2
Startup screen: when UPS power up and closed the power switch, LCD display boot
screen, and for about 30 seconds. Meantime, system load control software, after
completion of loading all the LED flashing for about 3 seconds. On the front panel after
bypass power indicator (1) on normal, bypass on load indicator (6 - amber), battery
indicator (3), the alarm indicator (13) a red light on. Show the current status information
window will display the UPS.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
143/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
144/179
3Disconnect maintenance bypass the power switch in Q3, and locked.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
144/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
145/179
5.
Show the current status information window will display the UPS.
The input rectifier switch
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
145/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
146/179
Note: the economic mode, the screen will not show "bypass power".
After waiting for 20 seconds or dc power supply switch.
The battery indicator on the panel (3), battery capacity indicator lights light up according
to the actual capacity. At a predetermined voltage rectifier gradually started and stability.
In this process, the inverter load indicator on the panel (5 - steady green light), the
bypass on load indicator light, UPS power supply state by the bypass switch to inverter
power supply condition.
Note: economic mode, the bypass mains load indicator on the panel (6), inverter load
indicator (5)
destroy
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
146/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
147/179
2.4 UPS boot steps completely under electric condition

This step for UPS UPS electrical condition under the completely open, namely the UPS
without load for power supply, UPS for boot.
This procedure is the premise of UPS installed, has by the engineer's debugging to
normal, and the external power switch has been closed.
The power switch Q1 - see enclosure Q4 position diagram
1. Open the valve, UPS to operate the power switch.
2. The input rectifier switch Q1
The LCD will display the boot screen, and for about 30 seconds, during which system
load control software, after completion of loading all the LED flashing for about 3
seconds.
Panel LED after normal steady-state green light (2 -), ac input inverter output normal
indicator light (4 - steady green light), (3) battery indicator light is flashing, warning light
(13).
23 note: if the UPS has power up, and the screen no display, show the microprocessor
without work, please contact the local customer service center
3. The UPS output power switch Q4.
The inverter load indicator on the panel (5 - steady green light), battery indicator (3),
warning light (13).
Note: the economic mode, the inverter load indicator (5).
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
147/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
148/179
4. Close the bypass switch input Q2

Bypass on the panel, the power indicator (1 - steady green light) on 20 s, inverter and the
utility bypass synchronization.
220 v dc feeder ark to UPS switch
After UPS feeder cabinet dc switch into line
UPS completely next steps
Fully electric, here make UPS to power load steps.
After completing this step, all UPS power supply switch, stop the output.
1. Disconnect the battery switch and the input power switch rectifier Q1.
Inverter load indicator (5), the bypass on load indicator light (6), battery indicator (3)
twinkle, all the lights out battery capacity.
Screen display information (such as bypass on load, the battery switch is broken, the
input rectifier power switch off, etc.)
Note: the economic mode, the information "bypass power" does not display.
2. Disconnect the UPS output switch Q4 and bypass the power switch Q2.
After a period of time delay and internal auxiliary power supply disappears, all the panel
light and LCD display.
3. If you want to completely isolated from mains, UPS should disconnect the external
mains switch (such as rectifier and bypass with input switch respectively, are two).
Should be in the mains switchboard (usually far away from the UPS) label, notify
maintenance personnel UPS is maintenance.
UPS from normal operation to repair the bypass switch steps
1. According to the "INV" located in the control panel on the left side of the switch (7).
2. With the LCD display to confirm this operation:
Continue to press "
" 1 s will confirm closing inverter, press the" ESC "key will cancel
the operation.
3. If press "
" button:
The inverter load indicator on the panel (5), the bypass on load indicator (6 - amber
flashing, warning light (3)
Flashing, at the same time, often accompanied by sound the alarm.
At this point, if press the alarm mute button, cancel to sound the alarm, but LCD alarm
display information continue to exist, until the charges
The alarm state.
Normal operation:
4. A close UPS inverter, load switch to bypass the power supply.
The bypass on load indicator on the panel (6 - amber), inverter load indicator (5).
The load is powered by static bypass.
Economic economic model:
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
148/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
Page
149/179
4. B at this point, the UPS inverter closed, but load to the bypass mains power supply.
The bypass on load indicator on the panel (6 -) yellow flashing, inverter load indicator (5).
The load is powered by static bypass.
5. Remove the lock, pull (internal locking lever, merger maintenance bypass on the
power switch in Q3.
Disconnect the input rectifier power on
Q1, output power supply switch Q4, bypass the power switch Q2 and battery switch
(located in the battery or the battery contained in the attachedNearly).
At this point, UPS power, but the load will continue by manual maintenance bypass the
power supply.
UPS reset steps
In the event of EPO emergency shutdown or automatic switch after the ban, if already
according to the prompt on the screen of the alarm information measures
Eliminate malfunction, can use the following UPS UPS reset operation steps will return to
normal working condition.
The following reasons can lead to automatically switch to ban: use the EPO, inverter
temperature, overload shutdown, battery over-voltage, lose
Out of the switching times into etc.
1. Use the "
" key to move the cursor to" set "function.
2. Press "
" button, there will be a" please enter the password "pop-up
window. Use the "
" key moves the cursor to the next A (reuse ",
"
/",
"key until the complete eight password input), password input, according to"
"
The key.
3. The "function Settings" option under the press "
record cleared ", press "
4. Press "
" button, select" the
" button.
" button, select" current alarm clear ", press "
" button.
The above steps to reset the logic circuit, rectifier, inverter and static switch to
normal operation.
Using the display control panel of UPS step on/off
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
149/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
1. In the main menu and select "set function", press "
Page
150/179
" button. There will
be a "please enter the password" pop-up window

Password key input. "
" button to select the required input number, use the"
"key to move the cursor to the next (reuse key
until the
complete eight password input). Password input, press "

2. Press "
" button.
" button, select" UPS switch machine control ", press "
"
button. Through the window, turn on/off the inverter, can be turn on/off the
rectifier, choose rectifier manually or automatically, and cut off the power load
bypass operations. Such as the operation does not fully grasp, do not do this.
Normal operation:
3. Select a "inverter", press "
" or"
press "
" button. "Off" position to highlight, press "
"button, can take turns to changes in the" open "" off", select "on",
" button.
After about 20 s, the inverter load indicator on the panel (5 - steady green
light), the bypass on load indicator light (6).
UPS working in normal operation mode, the load by the inverter power supply.
Economic model:
4. B choose "bypass", press "
" button.
To highlight "off" position, press the "
" and"
changes in the" open "" off", select "on", press "
"button, can take turns to

" button. Panel listed
electricity load indicator (6) on, inverter load indicator (5).

UPS work in economic model, load by bypass mains power supply.
6 power distribution device
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
150/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
151/179
6.1 busbar
6.1.1 overview
GuDu 747 mw # 1, # 2, # 3 generator - the main transformer between the main circuit of
bus bar, to the excitation transformer, voltage transformer, neutral equipment cabinets,
lightning arrester and hv auxiliary transformer hv side loop as QuanLian from phase
enclosed bus, the rest of the junction between the high and low voltage respectively in all
cases of busbar busbar and cable.
Adopting micro positive pressure pneumatic device and online monitoring device, to
ensure that the insulation and enclosed bus.
6.1.2 normal running and check
6.1.2.1 busbar operation before examination
6.1.2.1.1 check bus belonging to the primary and secondary system work has ended, the
primary and secondary circuit is normal, working ticket has been summarized, and the
overhaul clarificaiton eligible, the site should be no remnant, temporary demolition of all
safety measures, restore all safety measures, fixed bus around the column installation is
firm, and the distance of the electric equipment must conform to safety standards.
6.1.2.1.2Breaker check on the bus all the (including knife) is fully opened, temporary
grounding line has been removed, the handcart switch in the off position.
6.1.2.1.3 check enclosed bus close all the valves locked, check the enclosed bus
enclosure grounding connection is good, screw fastening, everywhere the support parts
will be free of cracks, loose slope deformation and strong phenomenon, from the phase
enclosed bus shell three-phase short circuit board should be connected well.
6.1.2.1.4 after repair of busbar sealing is good, the sealing test, check from the drain
valve phase enclosed bus lowest position (main transformer, HV auxiliary transformer
become elevated bridge flange) no condensate, and close.
6.1.2.1.5 from phase enclosed bus air circulation drying device (micro positive pressure
pneumatic devices) should be put into normal: check the micro positive pressure device
in good condition, the position, small valve is correct, and micro positive pressure bus
sealing experiment, get wet in the rain, after the confirmation of qualified startup micro
positive pressure device operation.
6.1.2.1.6 check lightning arrester, voltage transformer tank conform to the operating
conditions and high voltage transformer, low voltage fuse in good condition, record
arrester counter value, transformer ratio and correct polarity.
6.1.2.1.7 busbar insulation value should be measured after maintenance qualified (see
maintenance notification) : bus 400 v measured with 500 v megohmmeter busbar
insulation should be 1 m or more , 6.6 kV bus 2500 kV shaking table was used to
measure the insulation value should be 50 m or more , 20 kV enclosed bus insulation
value should be 50 m or more ;
If enclosed bus along with transformer (or groups) to measure insulation, transformer
neutral point should disconnect breaker (or the generator neutral point grounding should
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
151/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
152/179
disconnect), work into standby in line or switch compression generator outlet pressure (or
become) should be to the "isolation" position.
6.1.2.1.8 system equipment parts clean, no obvious grounding, short circuit
phenomenon.
6.1.2.1.9 new bus after installation and overhaul, pressure test report.
6.1.2.1.10 check all switches in the test/inspection position, switchboard, power
distribution cabinet grounding is good.
6.1.2.1.11 check the protection, automatic, with measurement, signal device is put into
operation conditions.
6.1.2.1.12 inspection and standby power supply into line switch with operation conditions.
6.1.2.1.13 48 h in advance into the heater, shut off and lock the switch cupboard valve.
6.1.2.2 running tests
6.1.2.2.1 generatrix surface and the connection of no fever become angry phenomenon.
6.1.2.2.1 insulator without cracks, deformation or discharge.
6.1.2.2.2 bus without loosing the tapping, overheating and abnormal electromagnetic
acoustics and vibration.
6.1.2.2.3 enclosed bus valves closed and closed busbar enclosure is uneven
subsidence, the shell temperature shall not exceed 65 , the ground is good, from
phase enclosed bus shell three-phase short-circuit plate connection is good.
6.1.2.2.4 unit operation or a short outage, from phase enclosed bus micro positive
pressure pneumatic device in automatic, normal export generator enclosed bus micro
positive pressure device running normal, normal pressure, the oil-water separator at the
bottom of the no water, no leakage phenomenon.
6.1.2.2.5 hydrogen from hydrogen phase enclosed bus every row device closed normal,
online hydrogen leakage equipment without alarm.
No broken loose strands 6.1.2.2.6 trolley bus.
6.1.2.2.7 adjacent other metal components without exception fever phenomenon.
6.1.2.2.8 inspection from enclosed bus low position drain valve (the main change, high
rise flange) no condensate, and close.
6.1.2.2.9 Export generator neutral grounding transformer, lightning arrester and the TV
ark is no abnormal phenomenon, lightning arrester leakage current is normal.
6.1.2.1 wind, snow day for outvalve bus special inspection of the following:
6.1.2.3.1 bus, and all without lead attached ice breaker and discharge phenomenon.
6.1.2.3.2 busbar and distribution equipment should not have been around the wind to
blow cause short circuit.
6.1.2.3.3Breaker each joint and the falling snow on should not melt immediately after
evaporation.
6.1.2.2 generator enclosed bus from phase micro positive pressure leakage test device
before put into operation
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
152/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
153/179
6.1.2.4.1 start enclosed bus micro positive pressure device, compressed air recharge
enclosed bus.
6.1.2.4.2 when 2.5 kPa pressure in closed busbar, electromagnetic valve automatically
shut down, micro positive pressure device should automatically stop.
6.1.2.4.3 when the pressure in the enclosed bus is gradually decreased to 1.0 kPa,
electromagnetic valve automatically opens, micro positive pressure device should be
automatically restart.
Record the pressure in the enclosed bus is reduced to 0.3 from 2.5 kPa kPa time should
be more than 40 minutes.
6.1.2.4.4 air compressor export pressure shall be 0.4 ~ 0.6 MPa, is less than 0.4 MPa
pressure of time and space machine, automatic start is greater than 0.6 MPa pressure of
time and space machine automatically stop.
6.1.1 abnormal operation and processing
6.1.3.1 overheating in the operation of the bus
6.1.3.1.1 phenomenon: there is a clear fever, change color or smell, such as a
temperature measuring device, the temperature indicating higher than normal.
6.1.3.1.2 reasons: current contained more than ratings, poor contact or busbar
connection end.
6.1.3.1.3 processing:
6.1.3.1.3.1 contact part of the operation of busbar overheating, first of all, according to
the 6.1.3.1.3.2.degree of superheat and parts, allocate load, reduce the load by electric
current.
Installation of temporary cooling device
6.1.3.1.3.3 like at that time is not allowed to load, should strengthen the monitoring
temperature change.
6.1.3.1.3.4 timely stop service, eliminate the malfunction.
6.1.3.2 busbar loss of electricity
6.1.3.2.1 check whether the electric bus fault, porcelain insulator flashover trace,
combined with bus equipment whether there is a fault.
6.1.3.2.2 if bus have obvious fault, fault busbar shall be cut off, repair processing.
6.1.3.2.3 if bus no significant fault, then check whether belong to the protection
misoperation or branch refusing action, such as protection maloperation, will run out, the
protection to the adjustment to restore normal operation of busbar busbar operation
mode, in the case of a branch of refusing action and fault branch isolation will be back to
normal after the operation.
6.1.3.2.4 in any case, don't allow busbar protection operation.
6.1.3.3 enclosed bus on the cause and management of abnormal siteation
Table 4-10
No.
abmormal
reason
treatment
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
153/179
Electrical Systems
Department
O&M
1
conductor high T
shell high T
bolt looseness
foreign
matter
looseness
abnornal odor
abnormal T or partial
discharge
porcelain
insulator
sleeving crush and
have crack
busbar shell uneven
drop
cable tap heat
mechanical damage and

electric power damage
6
7
1current overlimit
2cable tap heat
1) fastening
blot
looseness
2) holdfast looseness
abnormal
sound,vibration
Page
154/179
1) decrease current
2) outage and maintenance
1 fastening
2 fastening
1 abnormal sound:need
outage and maintenace
2 shell:find reason and
eliminate
decrease current
chack discharge reason and
eliminate
replace
foundation uneven drop
notify maintenace
1exceed rated current

2bad contact
1 decrease current
2 outage
maintenance
and
6.1.1 from phase enclosed bus micro positive pressure pneumatic device
6.1.4.1 works
Compressed air from the air by gas contained in the water separator and dryer cylinder,
to purify the air, and under the control of the valve in the closed busbar, micro positive
pressure inside the bus reach a specified value (cap), pressure transmitter will be
measured signal transmission secondary instrument, relay conversions in the table and
make the intermediate relay control solenoid valve control stop gas supply.
When leakage make busbar enclosure air pressure drops to the lower limit, intermediate
relay connected to the power supply system start working.
6.1.4.2 is up and running and operation
6.1.4.2.1 check the compressed air source parameters are normal.
6.1.4.2.2 dryer cylinder dryer color normal and propane tanks no water and close the
drain valve.
6.1.4.2.3 closed control cabinet power supply air switch, check the supply is normal.
6.1.4.2.4 will be converted to open concern since the "manual", press the "start" button,
the device is in operation.
6.1.4.2.5 check bus temperature < 60 degrees, the pressure rise (lower limit is 500 pa,
up to 2500 pa).
6.1.4.2.6 according to need to put in "automatic".
6.1.4.3 inspection and maintenance
6.1.4.3.1 daily check items: equipment operation is normal;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
154/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
155/179
See the micro barometer floating pressure is normal;

Equipment start the counter cumulative number every 24 hours without exception;
Cabinet panels indicate normal, desiccant color is normal.
6.1.4.3.2 air compressor air tank water once a day, wet season of water per class at a
time.
The filter water separator cleaning once a year.
6.1.4.3.3 such as desiccant color is not normal, it shows that gas quality bad, should be
checked, according to the result of examination and the corresponding processing rear
can return to normal operation.
If not found the problem after checking it, consider replacement desiccant.
6.1.4.4 enclosed bus without air pressure or air pressure drop too fast in the cause and
the treatment: the micro positive pressure device malfunction or leakage of enclosed bus
is too large, resulting in a decline in air pressure too fast, contact maintenance personnel
find out fault and eliminate.
6.2 lightning arrester
6.2.1 the normal operation of the lightning arrester and check
6.2.1.1 normal operation of the lightning arrester should be input.
Lightning arrester in the normal operation of the check:
6.2.1.1.1 arrester porcelain bushing, flange should be clean and in good condition, no
crack, no discharge traces and abnormal noise.
6.2.1.1.2 arrester lead without hang fall, without overheating, discharge, broken stocks,
severe burns or oscillating phenomenon.
6.2.1.1.3 arrester equalizing ring should be in good condition, no looseness, rust, askew
phenomenon.
6.2.1.1.4 arrester movement counter should be in good condition, leakage current
indicator is normal, A, B, C three-phase leakage current, no mutations, compared with
historical value transcribing arrester movement siteation on A regular basis.
6.2.1.1.5 arrester grounding device shall be complete, no looseness, corrosion
phenomenon.
6.2.1.2 arrester special inspection items:
6.2.1.2.1 overload, overvoltage runtime should check whether there is joint heating
phenomenon, patch panel temperature does not exceed 90 (infrared temperature
measurement).
6.2.1.2.2 shall examine the lead without snow, heavy snow weather observation melting
speed, to determine whether to overheat.
6.2.1.2.3 windy weather check near lightning arrester should not by the wind of sundry,
prevent blows to lightning arrester live part.
6.2.1.2.4 light snow, fog, rain, the weather should check the porcelain sets no serious
corona and discharge phenomenon.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
155/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
156/179
6.2.1.2.5 arrester had abnormal noise monitoring should be strengthened, and check
whether there is any breakdown on transformer ontology, fuses, connectors, casing
damage, crack, flashover discharge.
6.2.1.2.6 thunderstorm and lightning or switch tripping accident after, should check the
lightning arrester without damage, crack and discharge, wire should be no broken and
loose phenomenon, check the discharge action recorder action and make the record.
6.2.1.2.7 when lightning, ban near lightning arrester grounding down lead.
6.2.2 arrester of abnormal operation and accident treatment
6.2.2.1 if any of the following circumstances, should try to stop using lightning arrester:
6.2.2.1.1 arrester porcelain casing explosive, has obvious cracks or being damaged.
6.2.2.1.2 A discharge sound arrester inside.
6.2.2.1.3 arrester fuses or ground wire break off.
6.2.2.2 arrestor explosion in the operation of the process:
6.2.2.2.1 arrestor explosion is not yet to cause short circuit grounding, immediately report
Shift leader, apply for a power outage, remove the arrester and replaced immediately.
6.2.2.2.2 arrester porcelain casing crack explosion consideration when the tripping
happens in the earthing protection action, should immediately report Shift leader, apply
power outages and replace defective arrester.
6.3 switch
6.3.1 switch general provisions of the operation
6.3.1.1 switch before the maintenance in operation, dealing with external do a check of
the switch.
6.3.1.2 switch big minor repairs before delivery operation, maintenance staff shall be
responsible for the measuring insulation switch.
6.3.2 switch general principles of the operation
6.3.2.1 check the ac/dc switching power supply, SF6 gas pressure shall be within the
scope of the regulations, operating mechanism energy storage siteation is normal,
abnormal siteation should be removed timely find out the reason, is prohibited without
authorization remove lock or manual operation.
6.3.2.2 with remote control switch, the normal charged close operation, the control
method should be adopted, the operation should be monitoring meter directives and light
changes, the switch of on-site operation applies only to a power outage maintenance
check, and fault handling and other special circumstances.
6.3.2.3 all need to the identification of closing switch at the same time, must satisfy the
conditions for synchronization, before the switch is closed.
6.3.2.4 trip circuit or faulty switch tripping mechanism, are not allowed to be put into
operation.
6.3.2.5 when the light on the control switch in flash, reset control switch should be under
the custody, must pay attention to reset the direction.
No blind operation, fight cause error, or false and switch.
6.3.3 6.6 kV switch
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
156/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
157/179
6.3.3.1 overview
6.3.3.1.1 unit 6.6 kV vacuum switch produced by ABB VD4 type switch, type of structure,
three-phase ac air insulation, no knife switches, single busbar system invalve distribution
equipment;
With heat sink of the circuit breaker as the self-cooled;
Using the natural ventilation.
Part of the small capacity load using F - C (with fuse vacuum contactor loop) circuit
switch, model of VSC.
And equipped with a lightning arrester to prevent operating overvoltage.
6.3.3.1.2 unit 6 kv power supply circuit, low voltage circuit and capacity of 1000 kw or
more motor circuit adopts the vacuum switch, in addition, the motor of 200 kw and above
the F - C circuit switch.
6.3.3.1.3 switch operating voltage and the control voltage above is dc 220 v, reliable
points under 65% ~ 120% of the rated operating voltage brake, regardless of under less
than 30% of the rated operating voltage brake;
Reliable under 80% ~ 110% of the rated operating voltage switching;
Under 85% ~ 110% of the rated operating voltage motor reliable energy storage.
6.3.3.1.4 switch design meet the "five prevention" requirements, this type of switch has
the following error protected mechanical locking function:
6.3.3.1.4.1 circuit breaker after cupboard valve is not closed, valve for circuit breaker
pulled into the operation effects (hereafter called D/I valve) cannot be opened, pulled into
the operation cannot be implemented.
6.3.3.1.4.2 circuit breaker closing, do not pull out into operation (for D/I can't open valve).
6.3.3.1.4.3 (middle), in the circuit breaker mobile ground breaker cannot be put into
[because D/I valve is closed, so the ground operation with valve (hereinafter referred to
as the "E/S valve) is not open.]
6.3.3.1.4.4 circuit breaker in the work place, earthing knife switches can't input (by E/S
valve to open it).
6.3.3.1.4.5 circuit breaker after work position, cupboard valve cannot be opened.
6.3.3.1.4.6 circuit breaker in the test position, cupboard valve open has nothing to do with
the cutting of breaker grounded.
6.3.3.1.4.7 grounding in state breaker, breaker can't into work location (for D/I can't open
valve).
6.3.3.1.4.8 secondary not plug, plug the breaker can't insert (because of the valve cannot
be closed).
6.3.3.1.4.9 earthing, knife switches back plate can't tear down (the back valve interlock).
6.3.3.2 6 kv vacuum switch has four states
6.3.3.2.1 running state: handcart switch in the "work" contained in the position, with all its
main circuit and control circuit wiring through inside ark, switch in the "closing" state.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
157/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
158/179
6.3.3.2.2 hot standby state: handcart switch in the "work" contained in the position, with
all its main circuit and control circuit wiring through inside ark, switch in the "lock" state.
6.3.3.2.3 test condition: handcart switch inside ark "off" position, the main circuit and the
connection disconnected, contained in the control circuit connected with cabinet wiring.
6.3.3.2.4 maintenance status: handcart switch inside ark "off" position, the main circuit
and control circuit all disconnect breaker (according to the need to close the grounding).
6.3.3.3 6 kv power handcart switch power operating procedures:
6.3.3.3.1 simulation preview right, on-site confirmation to send the switch cabinet number
name correctly.
6.3.3.3.2 check for transmitting power and its circuit is complete, in line with the operating
conditions (F - C switch check fuse circuit normal).
6.3.3.3.3 check after sending power cabinet earthing knife switches shall be opened.
6.3.3.3.4 interlocking clamp should check the power on.
6.3.3.3.5 check the power switch in the circuit.
6.3.3.3.6 check plug-in should be put on the second time, lower cupboard valve closed,
and locked.
6.3.3.3.7 check switch close, remote control open concern in the "on" position.
6.3.3.3.8 close each small switch in the switch cabinet.
6.3.3.3.9, insert the handle clockwise slowly shaking the handle will shake circuit breaker
to working position.
6.3.3.3.10 check the power of integrated protection device has been put into operation,
device "run" light should be bright, no abnormal alarm signal.
6.3.3.3.11 check switch energy storage is normal, break-brake indicating a green light
should be bright.
6.3.3.3.12 nearly, remote control open concern to "remote" position.
6.3.3.4 6 kv power handcart switch power operating procedures:
6.3.3.4.1 simulation preview right, on-site confirm container number name correctly.
6.3.3.4.2 check electricity power switch in break-brake position (green light should be
bright, break-brake instructions panel signs indicating "points", current instructions for the
"0").
Nearly/remote control open concern 6.3.3.4.1 will switch to "on" position.
6.3.3.4.2 insert handle, slowly shaking the handle counterclockwise will shake circuit
breaker to test position.
6.3.3.4.3 check switch three phase fluctuation valve should be dropped.
6.3.3.4.4 disconnect the power switch control energy storage power
6.3.1 400 v switch
6.3.4.1 overview:
Unit 400 v PC and MCC low-voltage switchgear, are offered by ABB company
6.3.4.2 circuit breaker should have electric operating mechanism, the control voltage of
220 v dc operation, action voltage in closing 80-110%, break-brake voltage range should
be 65% - 65% and close, reliable less than 30% of the brake.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
158/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
159/179
6.3.4.3 when using ac operation, set up 400/230 v isolation transformer, and the
corresponding operating voltage of ac 230 v.
When ac voltage is 80% ~ 110% of the rated voltage range, should be able to reliable
brake and close.
6.3.4.4 power supply into line ark, contact ark with ABB/E4 series intelligent bus PC to
MCC feeder tank use intelligent three pole frame circuit breaker.
Framework for intelligent circuit breaker has the perfect protection, earthing protection,
with higher and lower, the distance of three operating functions, in order to guarantee this
selective, requires the long time delay tripping device curve slope is adjustable.
To MCC feeder circuit frame switch trip N conductors shall be protection and earthing
protection (phase line to the short circuit).
6.3.4.5 each circuit breaker to choose the following types:
Power supply into line and contact:
Frame circuit breaker feeder (including MCC power supply circuit and motor) : choose E1
type, over-current trip PR122 LSI/P -;
> 90 kw motor and feeder cabinet: motor power, USES the spare frame three extremely
intelligent circuit breaker (with ground fault protection) motor power of 90 kw or less using
molded case circuit breaker, contactor and motor controller;
Other small current feeder with molded case circuit breaker.
6.3.4.6 motor circuit configuration: quick break protection, over current protection,
overload protection, open phase or phase imbalance, earthing protection (set) as
needed.
6.3.4.7 feeder (capacity of 50 kva and above) circuit configuration: quick break
protection, over-current protection, overload protection, earthing protection.
6.3.4.8 other feeder circuit configuration: quick break protection, over-current protection.
6.3.2 400 v PC and MCC draw-out type switch has four types of states:
6.3.5.1 running state: in the switch cabinet "connection" position, its main circuit and
control circuit connected with ark, all switch fuse on empty (or control power on the
opening and closing), switch in the switching state.
6.3.5.2 hot standby state: in the switch cabinet "connection" position, its main circuit and
control circuit connected with ark, all switch fuse on empty (or control power on the
opening and closing), switch in the off state.
6.3.5.3 test condition:
6.3.5.4 switch in the middle of the ark "test" position, its main circuit and the connection
disconnected, contained in the secondary contact and connection through inside ark,
control fuse on empty (or control power on the opening and closing), switch in the off
state.
6.3.5.5 maintenance status: in the switch cabinet outside "separation" position, in all its
main circuit and control circuit and cabinet wiring disconnect.
6.3.3 400 v power switch (circuit breaker) sending procedures:
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
159/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
160/179
6.3.6.1 simulation preview right and name number right on the spot.
6.3.6.2 check for transmitting power and its circuit is complete, in accordance with
6.3.6.3 interlocking clamp should check the power on.
6.3.6.4 check the power switch circuit breaker in the open circuit (/ close indicator in the
state of "O").
6.3.6.5 check the power switch circuit breaker position indicator in the
"DISCONNECTED" separation of state, green.
6.3.6.6 fuse on the power switch the second operation, cupboard valve closed.
6.3.6.7 clockwise will shake circuit breaker into the "connection" position "CONNECTED".
6.3.6.8 inspection valve of cupboard of break-brake green light, energy storage lights
(circuit breaker panel storage instructions for the "OK").
6.3.6.9 check the comprehensive protection of the switch indicates a normal
measurement device.
6.3.6.10 cut the power switch near/far remote control to "far away".
6.3.4 400 v power switch power operation procedure (circuit breaker) :
6.3.7.1 simulation preview right and confirm the name number right on the spot.
6.3.7.2 check the power switch circuit breaker in the open circuit (/ close indicator in the
state of "O", break-brake instructions green light).
6.3.7.3 cut the power switch near/far remote control to "on".
6.3.7.4 Will shake circuit breaker counterclockwise to "repair" position: position indicator
in the blue, DISCON.
6.3.7.5 switch off the power switch the second operation.
6.3.5 switch before sending check project
6.3.8.1 check switch belongs to the primary and secondary system work has ended, the
primary and secondary circuit is normal, working ticket has been summarized, and the
overhaul clarificaiton eligible, the site should be no remnant, dismantle all security
temporary measure, restore all fixed safety measures.
6.3.8.2 lock complete, reliable grounding knife switches disconnected, ground wire has
been removed.
6.3.8.3 switch body and surrounding should be clean, complete, no interfere with
operation of foreign body, electric heater device into normal.
6.3.8.4 switch appearance inspection, normal service location correct, storage location,
breaker closing position and grounding position indicator, indicator light indicates correct,
6.6 kV and 400 v handcart switch (or drawer), before the stop transmission operation,
must check the switch in the off position.
6.3.8.5 switch a contact, secondary plug-in in good condition, the secondary circuits and
components in good condition, off good energy storage device, switch and operators do
not loose with stents should be fixed, switch casing porcelain clean, and free of cracks,
No traces burns, discharge switch ontology and parts.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
160/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
161/179
components in good condition, off good energy storage device, switch and operators do
not loose with stents should be fixed, switch casing porcelain clean, and free of cracks
6.3.8.2 measurement switch between different contact and of good insulation, load and
the insulation of the cable is good.
6.3.8.3 new was put into operation or switch after repair, should be obtained before
operation of the switch, trip test, switch, jump is normal;
When doing no-load, trip test should not be more than three consecutive;
When closing test note well the measures to prevent linkage to other switches.
6.3.8.4 6.6 kV and 400 v handcart switch (or drawer) to repair/test position, low voltage
switchgear room, room circuit breaker, cable room cupboard valve had closed all the
cupboard valve lock, etc.
6.3.8.5 check the protection, automatic, with measurement, signal device is put into
operation conditions.
6.3.8.6 each high voltage switch SF6 gas pressure is normal, no alarm signal.
6.3.1 switch check project running
6.3.9.1 transformer room or distribution equipment near fire control facilities, sufficient
lighting, ventilation, air conditioning runs normally, cable seal in good condition, power
distribution room and power distribution equipment clean without sundry around the
water, water seepage, water, dust, no insulation JiaoHuWei, power distribution within the
rules of invalve temperature, humidity, temperature 40 , humidity 80% or less, or less
air-conditioned transformer room temperature to maintain about 25 ).
6.3.9.2 switch parts clean and complete, without damage, discharge and flashover,
overheating, condensation phenomenon, heat-sensitive not melting, no sound, no
vibration, no peculiar smell, good ground, cupboard valve close locking;
When necessary, can use infrared thermometer to measure the conductive part of the
joint temperature does not exceed 70 .
components in good condition, switch energy storage device is normal, switches and
operators do not loose with stents should be fixed.
6.3.9.4 SF6 gas pressure is normal, the switch movement counter is normal.
6.3.9.5 check every protection, automatic, measurement, signal device running normally.
6.3.9.6 switch body position, switch position indicator, indicator light indicator is correct.
6.3.9.7 each switch after cut off the fault, should check the external in detail.
6.3.9.8 when the normal operation of the control box, operating mechanism in the heater
should be put into operation.
6.3.9.9 near/far remote control cut of each operational switch to "distant" position, the
power supply is normal operation.
6.3.9.10 each switch current instructions from normal operation, within the prescribed
scope.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
161/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
162/179
6.3.9.11 check each switch operation mode are in conformity with the distance;
Inspect the site hanging signs are in conformity with the corresponding working ticket.
6.3.2 switch in one of the following circumstances, it shall immediately report Shift leader,
will switch to exit.
6.3.10.1 porcelain sleeve has a big crack, flashover or breakdown.
6.3.10.2 leak, will be able to maintain the lowest specified value.
6.3.10.3 vacuum arcing chamber leak damaged or operator can't automatic storage.
6.3.10.4 switch internal abnormal discharge.
6.4 isolated switch
6.4.1 operation monitoring and inspection
6.4.1.1 knife switches into former check:
6.4.1.1.1 check the breaker belongs to the primary and secondary system work has
ended, the primary and secondary circuit is normal, equipment complete, clean,
consistent with the operating conditions, working ticket has been summarized, and the
overhaul clarificaiton eligible, the site should be no remnant, dismantle all security
temporary measure, restore all fixed safety measures.
6.4.1.1.2 support porcelain, porcelain bar should be clean and complete, no crack, signs
of damage.
6.4.1.1.3Breaker atresia is complete, the main breaker and reliable grounding interlock
between the breaker or switch.
6.4.1.1.4 check operator action is flexible, the total power supply has been sent, manual
and electric operation is normal, manual and electric operation and manual operation and
switch between the electric interlocking between the intact.
6.4.1.1.5 check transmission mechanism is complete, the pin has no loss, the rotating
mechanism, flexible operation, good contact.
Manual operation, stress feeling is normal, the auxiliary contacts in good condition,
correct position.
6.4.1.1.6 connection is firm, check the electric circuit of joint action contact interface is
clean, no burn marks, good contacts.
6.4.1.1.7 three-phase operation should be synchronized, relative friction surface should
be grease.
6.4.1.1.8 check points Indicator indicating normal breaker, local and distant state.
6.4.1.2 Breaker running check:
6.4.1.2.1 normal operation, the electric circuit, the joint, action contact interface without
overheating, infrared thermometer can be used to check when necessary, the
temperature does not allow transfinite breaker (the normal operating temperature does
not allow more than 70 ), if there is a temperature measurement, there should be no
melting phenomenon.
6.4.1.2.2 porcelain complete, neat, no creepage, breakage, cracks and other marks, all
the joint is not loose, fall off, vibration and discharge phenomenon.
6.4.1.2.3 breaker contact good;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
162/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
163/179
Scissors knife switches should not swing;

Equalizing ring should be solid, reliable and smooth;
Lead without looseness, severe wobble or burn, the phenomenon such as broken stocks.
6.4.1.2.4 control box and actuator box should be sealed well, no water, water seepage
phenomenon.
6.4.1.2.5 operator ministries should be normal, position indicator right;
The connecting rod, pin no fault and falls off phenomenon.
6.4.1.2.6Breaker position indicator is correct, the distance consistent with in site, the
atresia of commissioning to normal by mistake.
6.4.1.3The special inspection of breaker projects:
6.4.1.3.1 short-circuit fault happens, all through the breaker short circuit current of the
external inspection.
6.4.1.3.2 check after a knife switches should be stable without sundry, no discharge.
6.4.1.3.3 windy day check the breaker should be stable, no hang fall, no discharge.
6.4.1.3.4 porcelain sets of snow, rain days should not have abnormal discharge and
flashover phenomenon.
6.4.1.3.5 after overload, should check Breaker the ministries of fever.
6.4.2The operation of breaker rules
6.4.2.1 don't cut off the circuit breaker, only for isolation voltage.
6.4.2.2 normally only the distance electric breaker operation, each with a pull (us) after
the operation, the actual location of breaker must be on-site inspection and should be
consistent with distant state.
Special circumstances need to on-site operation, must take the corresponding preventive
measures.
6.4.2.3 breaker operation before, should first check the corresponding switch in the off
position, before operation.
Send us first the supply side, breaker breaker and load side, after power failure.
6.4.2.4 prohibited without authorization remove the prevention the lock by mistake of
breaker,
6.4.2.5 breaker operation is completed, check the dynamic and static contact contact is
good, should not be skewed or contact part is too little.
6.4.2.6 when close to the faulty circuit breaker, no matter how close the breaker of the
are not allowed to be opened again, otherwise will cause an accident and operation
guardian physical threats.
6.4.2.7 Breaker breaker operation main point: the action to action correctly, quickly and
decisively.
Special breaker in the process, when the dynamic contact just left static contact, should
be quickly determined, for quick arcing;
But can not have too big impact at the end of the closing should be paid attention to.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
163/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
164/179
6.4.2.8Scope of the operation of breaker: when no switch in the circuit breaker, allowing
for the following operation, operation must be confirmed before the equipment is normal,
no ground fault system.
6.4.2.8.1Pull when trouble-free voltage transformer
6.4.2.8.2 Close valve type arrester trouble-free.
6.4.2.8.3 close no-load transformer excitation current is less than 2 a.
6.4.2.8.4 using the equipotential principle, pull close without impedance of parallel
circuits, such as pull us bypass current circuit breaker).
6.4.2.8.5 close capacitive current shall not exceed 5 a racing line, but should be used in
20 kv and below the joint knife switches.
6.4.2.8.6 close power transformer neutral point grounding line.
6.4.2.8.7 close voltage in 10 kv and below and current under 70 a and circulation.
6.4.2.8.8 close direct grounding of the devices on the bus and trouble-free empty bus
(such as under the no voltage, la earthing knife switches).
6.4.2 The abnormal operation of breaker and processing
6.4.3.1 Breaker fever, should take measures to adjust load until allowed fever limit, still
must report Shift leader when invalid, apply for power outage.
6.4.3.2 breaker closed, poor contact, if not load to pull one time, otherwise contact
maintenance treatment.
6.4.3.3 breaker operation failure (knife switches don't or can't open), shall not be forcibly
closed or opened, should do the following:
6.4.3.3.1 check whether the operation is correct, whether by five atresia.
6.4.3.3.2 check the motor power supply is normal, the control power supply is normal, the
control in the control switch position is correct.
6.4.3.3.3 check whether the thermocouple is not reset, whether to have blown fuse, are
free to open trip, if there is damage of electrical components.
6.4.3.3.4 check whether emergency operating handle in normal position.
6.4.3.3.5 check auxiliary switch, limit contact and latching circuit is normal.
6.4.3.3.6 if unable to process or unknown cause, must inform the maintenance staff.
6.5 mutual inductor
6.5.1 normal operation of the voltage transformer secondary side do not short circuit,
current transformer secondary side is strictly prohibited.
6.5.2 voltage transformer check before put into operation
6.5.2.1 check belongs to the primary and secondary system work has ended, the primary
and secondary circuit is normal, consistent with the operating conditions, working ticket
has been summarized, and the overhaul clarificaiton eligible, the site should be no
remnant, dismantle all security temporary measure, restore all fixed safety measures.
6.5.2.2 TV shell good grounding and primary side neutral grounding (generator turn-toturn protection special TV primary side neutral connected to the generator neutral point).
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
164/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
165/179
6.5.2.3 ontology ministries should be complete, clean, no short route and interfere with
the operation of sundry, each screw fastening no loose phenomenon, vase of porcelain of
casing and no crack, breakage, and discharge.
6.5.2.4 TV is high, the low voltage side fuse in good condition, when the secondary side
USES the small open, should also be identified normally.
6.5.2.5 TV secondary loop phase, the correct polarity.
6.5.3 current transformer to check before put into operation
6.5.3.1 check belongs to the primary and secondary system work has ended, the primary
and secondary circuit is normal, consistent with the operating conditions, working ticket
has been summarized, and the overhaul clarificaiton eligible, the site should be no
remnant, dismantle all security temporary measure, restore all fixed safety measures.
6.5.3.2 ontology ministries should be complete, clean, no interfere with operation of
sundry, no obvious phenomenon, open each wiring should be in good condition, no loose
phenomenon by screw fastening.
6.5.3.3 ministries no oil spill, oil leakage phenomenon, oil level, oil color is normal, vase
of porcelain of casing and no crack, breakage, and discharge.
6.5.4 voltage transformer in the operation of the inspection
6.5.4.1 external clean, complete, vases and no crack, breakage and discharge
phenomenon, no abnormal vibration and noise.
6.5.4.2 contact and lead no overheating, discharge, loose and broken stocks.
6.5.4.3 TV a neutral, enclosure grounding good (generator turn-to-turn protection special
TV primary side neutral connected to the generator neutral point).
6.5.4.4 secondary side connection is complete, no blown fuse or open tripping
phenomenon.
6.5.4.5 high side fuse fusing phenomenon.
6.5.4.6 moisture contained in the should not be too large, dry compression shell should
be clean, no condensation phenomenon.
6.5.4.7 TV terminal box without water, condensation phenomenon, cold and wet season,
terminal box heater should be input.
6.5.5 in the operation of the current transformer
6.5.5.1 external clean, complete, vases and no crack, breakage and discharge
phenomenon, no abnormal vibration and noise.
6.5.5.2 normal oil level, oil color transparent, ministries, no oil leakage, oil leakage.
6.5.5.3 TV terminal box without water, and dewing phenomenon, cold and wet season,
terminal box heater should be input.
6.5.5.4 contact and lead no overheating, discharge, loose and broken stocks.
The secondary circuit 6.5.5.5 no open circuit phenomenon.
6.5.6 abnormal operation and processing
6.5.6.1 TV and TA in one of following cases occurs, must immediately stop using:
6.5.6.1.1 TA, TV internal discharge and abnormal sound.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
165/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
166/179
6.5.6.1.2 serious vibration, TA, TV TV high-voltage fuse replacement after fusing.

6.5.6.1.3 TA, TV, smoke, fire or odour.
6.5.6.1.4 fuses with the shell or winding between the shell and spark discharge,
endanger the safe operation of the equipment.
6.5.6.1.5 TA serious oil spill, oil level sight.
6.5.6.1.6 seriously endangers one's personal and equipment safety.
7 diesel generator unit

7.1 diesel generator unit operation and maintenance
7.1.1 diesel generator company: lost in auxiliary power unit, diesel generating sets to
units necessary to provide safe stopping power ac power supply, namely the security as
an emergency power supply.
7.1.2 through soft start circuit for diesel generator company build pressure curve smooth,
excitation process to complete.
7.1.3 V/Hz regulating function: when the generator speed decreased, to reduce the
generator output voltage is proportional to, provide protection for generators running at
low speed.
7.1.4 protection
7.1.4.1 excitation (V/Hz) protection: such as generator excitation and achieve constant
value, AVR will delay to destroy the magnetic diesel generators.
7.1.4.2 over voltage protection, over current protection and grounding protection.
7.1.5 diesel generator before the start of inspection
7.1.5.1 check diesel generator company belongs to the primary and secondary systems
and mechanical systems work has ended, the primary and secondary circuits and
mechanical systems is normal, equipment complete, clean, consistent with the operating
conditions, working ticket has been summarized, and the overhaul clarificaiton eligible,
the site should be no remnant, temporary demolition of all safety measures, restore all
fixed safety measures.
7.1.5.2 inspecting the oil level of lubrication in diesel generator company, cooling water
level is normal.
7.1.5.3 check diesel generator company level normal battery, battery electrodes no
corrosion phenomenon.
7.1.5.4 diesel generator company various fittings complete, driving components are in
good condition, no loose or damage phenomenon;
Anchor bolt fastening;
The output cable connection correct, intact;
Enclosure grounding is good.
7.1.5.5 check diesel generator company without leakage, leakage phenomenon, machine
clean without sundry, air filter non-blocking, air inlet and exhaust port and vent without
sundry.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
166/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
167/179
7.1.5.6 control panel, control box body, the unit and instrument clean and no dust, no
residue, the electric circuit is normal.
7.1.5.7 check dc distribution panel to dc 220 v power supply for the diesel generator
company system has to check 380 v ac 380 v power supply to the diesel generator
company system have been sent.
7.1.5.8 check diesel generator company heating power switch QF3 has closed, automatic
heating is normal.
7.1.5.9 check diesel generator company battery power switch QF4 has closed, normal
float charging location choice, float charging flow is normal, export battery voltage is
normal.
7.1.5.10 check diesel generator company exports in TV cabinet TV a voltage loop open
QS, secondary voltage circuit open QF7, QF8, QF9 has closed.
7.1.5.11 check diesel generator company dc 24 v power switch control panel QF1 has
closed, the control panel display is normal, normal parameters, local and distant no
alarm.
7.1.5.12 check diesel generator company in control cabinet daily fuel tank oil level meter
power switch QF2 has closed, diesel generator company for oil pump control box dc 24 v
power supply, control oil pump ac 380 v power supply has been sent, fuel tank oil level
indicator is normal, supply and oil return valve is opened, the oil compensating manual
valve is opened, automatic oil investment.
7.1.5.13 check diesel generator company ontology control dc 24 v control power switch in
the Q1 has been closed, the relay is normal.
7.1.5.14 check diesel generator company exports switchgear comprehensive protection
device in dc 220 v power switch QH has invested, comprehensive protection device
display is normal, no abnormal alarm.
7.1.5.15 check diesel generator company exports switch has been sent to the working
position, switchgear control dc 24 v power supply switch in Q1 should be closed.
7.1.5.16 diesel generator company fuel system after the repair or diesel generator
company discontinued for a long time before the recovery, such as daily fuel tank oil level
is low, should be manual open tank diesel generator company daily manual fill valve,
manual open fill oil pump to the day tank filler, such as daily fuel tank oil level is normal,
stop filling oil pump, check electromagnetic suction valve should be closed and opened
the day tank to the suction valve diesel generator.
7.1.5.17 electric circuits of the diesel generator company after repair or diesel generator
company discontinued for a long time before the recovery, by maintenance personnel
should be measured with test voltage 500 v diesel generator company, rotor winding
insulation (measurement should be opened before neutral grounding device and
disconnect from the connection between the rotating rectifier diode, AVR, measuring
recovery), insulation resistance value should be 0.5 M or more , such as less than 0.5
M , should find out the reason and eliminated.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
167/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
168/179
7.1.5.18New installation or maintenance winding diesel generator company, before the

first start, should by the maintenance staff nuclear phase and a written notice.
7.1.6 diesel generator company under hot standby state inspection
7.1.6.1 diesel generator company unit operation mode switch button SH1 in "automatic"
position, the light should be on automatic mode.
7.1.6.2 diesel generator company control screen at the same time identifying the toggle
switch SA1 cut to "zero".
7.1.6.3 diesel generator company exports switch and security to the security guard I and
II section of the feeder switch in the hot standby state.
7.1.6.4 security I period and security II security power supply into line in the period of
breaker in a closed state, DCS operation on security security I and II security power
switch in the "interlocking" position.
7.1.6.5 diesel generator company local control panel, integrated protection device and
the distance without exception alarm signal, and each indicator light indicator is correct.
7.1.6.6 unit cooling water water, lubricating oil, fuel oil level should be normal, water
quality, qualified of oil.
7.1.6.7 check diesel generator company without leakage, leakage phenomenon, machine
clean without sundry, air filter non-blocking, air inlet and exhaust port and vent without
sundry.
7.1.6.8 check diesel generator company battery float charging status, the floating charge
flow is normal, export battery voltage is normal, normal battery level, electrode no
7.1.6.10 check the foundation bolt fastening;
7.1.6.11 heater power input, heater automatically work;
Fill oil pump control power supply, power supply and oil level meter power supply input,
automatic oil is normal, such as the oil level is lower than 3/4 should manually fill oil.
under normal circumstances, diesel generator company control panel control device in
the power switch QF1 (24 v DC), oil level meter power switch QF2 (24 v DC), unit heater
power switch QF3 (380 v AC), charger power switch QF4 (220 v AC) should be closed.
Diesel generator company export controlled switch and TV ark switch power open Q1 (24
v DC), comprehensive protection power supply open QH (110 v DC), TV a voltage loop
open QS (380 v AC) and TV secondary circuit voltage open QF7 ~ QF9 (100 v AC)
should be closed.
Diesel generator company ontology control box and control power supply open Q1 (24 v
DC) should be closed;
Fill oil pump control box control power open (24 v DC) and dynamic power supply open
(380 v AC) should be closed..
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
168/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
169/179
7.1.1 diesel generator company in the running state of inspection

7.1.7.1 wood is generator voltage, current, frequency, oil pressure, temperature, vibration
and other operation parameters shall not exceed the allowable values.
7.1.7.2 unit cooling water water, lubricating oil, fuel oil level should be normal, water
quality, qualified of oil.
7.1.7.3 check diesel generator company battery float charging status, the floating charge
flow is normal, export battery voltage is normal, normal battery level, electrode no
7.1.7.4 diesel generator company local control panel, integrated protection device and
the distance without exception alarm signal, and each indicator light indicator is correct.
7.1.7.5 check diesel generator company without leakage, leakage phenomenon, air filter
non-blocking, air inlet and exhaust port and vent without sundry.
7.1.7.6 diesel generator company exhaust pipe connect closely in good condition, no
leakage phenomenon;
Exhaust system normal no smoke leakage phenomenon, smoke area around the object
and the environment temperature without overheating.
Anchor bolt fastening no loose phenomenon;
7.1.7.8 diesel generator company smooth speed, no abnormal sound, no abnormal
anxious burnt flavour.
7.1.7.9 heater system working properly.
7.1.2 diesel generator company start-stop points for attention
7.1.8.1 diesel generator company has since the launch of three functions, the start
command is issued, diesel generator company such as the failed launch three times, the
signal launch failure (DCS operation showed "diesel generator integrated fault").
7.1.8.2 diesel generator company has just started, should be checked to the local control
panel indicates whether normal, especially water temperature and oil pressure, oil
pressure in the unit after about 10 s into the normal state.
7.1.8.3 followed by diesel generator company start with the initial load depends on the
size of the unit temperature: when the temperature below 20 , the initial load can be up
to 50% of the rated power output;
When the temperature reaches 80 , the initial load can be up to 100% of the rated
power output.
7.1.8.4 diesel generator company before the downtime, should first check security
segment to each security EMCC feeder switch are disconnected, disconnect switch
diesel generator company exports, first make the unit under no-load running 3 ~ 5
minutes to cool, then stop.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
169/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
170/179
7.1.3 diesel generator company operation parameters monitoring: in the operation of the
diesel generator company should monitor and check the following parameters does not
exceed or lower than the specified value.
Table 4-11
item
parameter
remark
range
V
400V5
C
2237.2A
500.5Hz
power factor
0.8
accumulator V
24.429V
vibration limite
value
vibration speed
0.29mm
lube oil P
310483kPa
lube oil flow
57L/min
lube oil T
107
over121, should shutdown unit
lube oil capacity
170246L
cooling water T
7096
when level below Low Level, contact maintenance

to inject oil
if T60, should check heater
common fuel oil

tank level
3/41
manual makeup if below3/4
floating charge voltage about 27V
18mm/s
138kPa when no-load running, lube oil P about
138kPa
7.1.1 diesel generating sets of regular inspection and test regulations

7.1.10.1 diesel generator company in hot standby state, the operation should be a circuit
inspection arranged in each shift.
7.1.10.2 diesel generator company starts, should be timely on-site inspections and
security systems for the diesel generator company unit.
7.1.10.3 in the operation of the diesel generator company, should be transcribing
parameters every hour.
7.1.10.4 monthly day 5, 15, 25 13:00 should a diesel generator company no-load start
experiment.
7.2 diesel generator unit operation and abnormal treatment
7.2.1 diesel generator set manually start the trial operation
7.2.1.1 SH2 diesel generator company control panel manually button in "manual"
position.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
170/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
171/179
7.2.1.2 push the start button of diesel generator company control panel on the front
panel.
7.2.1.3 in accordance with the requirements of normal operation of diesel generator
company check check diesel generator company start normally, each parameter is
normal, no abnormal operating phenomenon, trouble-free alarm signal, the light is
normal.
7.2.1.4 manually close the diesel generator company exports switch, check the security
section of the bus voltage is normal.
7.2.1.5 maintain diesel generator company no-load running for 10 minutes,
comprehensive inspection system normal operation, and to measure shaft vibration is
0.29 mm or less.
7.2.1.6 manually disconnect diesel generator company exports switch, check the security
section of busbar voltage to zero.
7.2.1.7 press stop button on the screen panel, diesel generator company control check
diesel generator company should stop.
7.2.1.8 SH1 automatic diesel generator company control panel button in the "automatic",
check the DCS operating on security guards and security II paragraphs I power switch
should be placed in the "chain" state, restore wood hot standby state.
7.2.1.9 test process, should do a good job security I period of security II period of power
and standby power loss of accident forecast at the same time, ready to put security on
load power switch.
7.2.2 automatic mode, from the security guard security I and II work power supply or
standby power supply to the security of power supply switch Chai Fasuo with the process
is "loss of electric switch;
Manual mode, can be completed from the security guard I and II security work power
supply or standby power supply to the Chai Fasuo "power switch" with the security of
power supply.
Here will be from the security guard I work power to Chai Fasuo take security manual
switch as an example to illustrate.
7.2.2.1 overhaul in accordance with requirements before starting the diesel generator
company check diesel generator company system in accordance with operating
conditions.
7.2.2.2 remove of the DCS operation security on the power switch "interlocking" state.
7.2.2.3 SH2 diesel generator company control panel manually button in "manual"
position.
7.2.2.4 push the start button of diesel generator company control panel on the front
panel.
7.2.2.5 according to the requirements of normal operation of diesel generator company
check check diesel generator company start normally, each parameter is normal, no
abnormal operating phenomenon, trouble-free alarm signal, the light is normal.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
171/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
172/179
7.2.2.6 manually close the diesel generator company exports switch, check the security
section of the bus voltage is normal.
7.2.2.7 identified at the same time on diesel generator company control panel switch SA1
cut to "security (EMCCAQN) I work power" position.
7.2.2.8 observation diesel generator company security I work on the control panel power
supply voltage instructions, check security security power switch in stay and I.
7.2.2.9 when conditions meet synchronization, close the security security power switch, I
check the normal after such as voltage, current, disconnect power switch security I work.
7.2.3 for auxiliary power interruption, emergency stop, the crew security I and II busbar
loss of electricity, since the launch of diesel generator failure or security I, II, security
power switch switch failure of the emergency response:
7.2.3.1 If auxiliary power recovery soon, but will start work power, standby power supply,
security power "interlocking" state lifted, strong security I work the power switch.
7.2.3.2 Ifauxiliary power interruption, diesel generator company start-up success, security
check the power switch and the standby power switch in the circuit, strong security power
switch.
7.2.3.3 Ifauxiliary power interruption, diesel generator company start failure, security
check the power switch and the standby power switch in the circuit, then quickly to onsite manually start the diesel generator company, after the success of the start, in site
manually close the diesel generator company exports switch and security guards the
power switch.
7.2.3.4 in the above process, should be protected from the loop.
7.2.4 if security guards work power and standby power automatic switch failure during
this period, synchronization is forbidden without identification manual switch, but through
Chai Fasuo bring security to switch power supply after the transition.
7.2.5 diesel generator in to export the following fault occurring in the operation of the
switch trip, in site and DCS operation picture alarm, if diesel generator company without
downtime, should be manual emergency stop immediately.
7.2.5.1 the cause of the problem:
7.2.5.1.1 speeding.
7.2.5.1.2 high cooling water temperature, cooling water boiling water level serious
decline.
7.2.5.1.3 lube oil pressure is low or lubricating oil temperature exceed the allowable
values.
7.2.5.1.4Tripping protection electric parameters, such as differential, over-current, overexcitation.
7.2.5.2 processing:
7.2.5.2.1 manual emergency stop.
7.2.5.2.2 check protection movement siteation, identify the cause of tripping and the point
of failure.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
172/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
173/179
7.2.5.2.3 check whether the fault backup device on the bus linkage from the vote.
7.2.5.2.4Report the Shift leader isolation from the point of failure, inform the maintenance
staff immediately.
7.2.5.2.5 managed to restore security work power supply or standby power of switch
power supply, make the bus run as quickly as possible.
7.2.5.2.6 bus fault caused as for repairs should be made for bus, bus power supply.
7.2.5.2.7 after eliminating fault, press the reset button, according to the actual siteation to
confirm whether you need to start again.
7.2.6 when diesel generator company local control panel or DCS operating picture
appeared alarm signal, should first confirm the alarm, and the corresponding inspection,
in accordance with the contents of fault indicator should report Shift leader and if
necessary contact maintenance personnel processing, after being fault clearance, should
be returned.
7.2.7 diesel generator set start failure
7.2.7.1 the cause of the problem
7.2.7.1.1 lubricating oil quantity is insufficient, low oil pressure, high viscosity, lubrication
system jam.
7.2.7.1.2 fuel supply, such as fuel oil system congestion, fuel tank oil level is low or the
fuel system leaks, etc.
7.2.7.1.3 fuel oil is not in conformity with the requirements, such as a water seepage, etc.
7.2.7.1.4 Low voltage poor contact or battery.
7.2.7.1.5 fuel supply disruptions, such as daily fuel tank to diesel generator company
manual inlet valve is not open.
7.2.7.1.1 fuel can't fully burning in the combustion chamber.
7.2.7.1.2 inlet is blocked.
7.2.7.1.3 nozzle clogging.
7.2.7.1.4 start system failure, and start the gear stuck.
7.2.7.1.5 diesel generator company ontology control box and control dc power supply 24
v power supply switch is not closed or the related control for diesel generator company
control panel the power switch is not closed.
7.2.7.1.6 diesel mechanical failure.
7.2.7.1.7 generator and its subordinate circuit electrical fault, protection action.
7.2.7.1 processing: report Shift leader, inform the maintenance staff.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
173/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
174/179
Section III unit trouble shooting
1 unit trouble shooting general tule

1.1 unit trouble shooting principle
1.1.1 accident, under the command of the Shift leader organization with all forces that
can take advantage of the rapidly to the accident and personnel processing.
Accident treatment when you are under the leadership of Shift leader, quickly take part in
the work to eliminate failures, and as far as possible to inform Shift leader first, will report
to Shift leader measures taken at the same time.
Attendant in dealing with the accident of Shift leader demands of disputes can be stated
reason, when Shift leader adhere to and repeat orders except may directly cause harm to
personal and equipment, shall be executed immediately.
1.1.2 about leadership and professional and technical personnel in the unit fails, must as
soon as possible to the site supervision and fault elimination, and to give necessary
guidance to operators, but can't contradict and Shift leader command.
1.1.3 accident, operators should be quickly eliminate the threat to the safety of person
and equipment, prevent accident expanding;
Find out the cause of the accident, quickly remove the fault.
Emergency stop should keep auxiliary power with electricity.
1.1.4 unit failure occurs, the operation staff should follow the steps below accident
treatment.
1.1.4.1 according to equipment parameters, equipment, alarm linkage unit and external
phenomena, judgment is the failure of the unit or system, or in the factory the other
equipment failure, when malfunction is ascertained and the unit, are:
1.1.4.1.1 quickly eliminate the threat to the personal and equipment, if necessary, shall
be immediately solution of the failure of columns and equipment.
1.1.4.1.2 quickly find out the fault of the nature, location and scope, and then for
processing and reporting.
1.1.4.1.3 guaranteeing the normal operation of the fault equipment.
1.1.4.1.4 accident treatment of each stage to report Shift leader quickly, in order to timely
reporting network, correctly and take countermeasures, prevent accident.
1.1.4.2 when determine is the system and other equipment failure, should take measures
to keep the unit running, so that can be restored as soon as possible the normal
operation of the unit.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
174/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
175/179
1.1.5 accident treatment, each position should be exchanged, the Shift leader under a
unified command, close cooperation, according to the procedures shall be handled
quickly, prevent accident expanding.
1.1.6 when handling the accident should be accurately and quickly, should be a back to
you after received orders, such as didn't hear what should ask clear, after the command
execution, the implementation should be quick to report back to the sender.
1.1.7 when this discipline not listed accidents and failure, the personnel on duty should
be according to their experience to judge, actively take countermeasures, rapid
processing.1.1.8 attendant immediately when the accident report, such as attendant
operation and patrol duties within the scope of the equipment accident, man on duty to
report, in order to prevent accident expanding, according to the actual siteation, first
report for accident treatment over again step by step up.
1.1.9 accident treatment, reach furnace, pausing condition and emergency shutdown
action, shall be immediately stopped manually unit operation;
Auxiliary to emergency shutdown conditions and protection action, should immediately
stop the auxiliary engine run.
1.1.10 if suddenly tripping unit case, after the incident, the cause of the accident has
been find out, unit operation should be resumed as soon as possible.
1.1.11 fault happened in units and deal with the accident, the operation personnel shall
not leave work without authorization.
If the accident occurred in succession time, should stop succession, processed and then
to succession in the accident.
Succession in the accident, people should take the initiative to help the succession of
accident treatment.
1.1.12 accident treatment process, prohibit irrelevant personnel gathered in ecr or stay
on the fault occurred.
1.1.13 accidents have been processed, the personnel on duty should be in effect at the
time of the accident phenomenon and the time, reporting contents, accept commands
and decrees of the people, take detailed records of the results of operation and
operation.
After work will organize all value personnel accident analysis, accident analysis report.1.2
1.2 Generator emergency stop
1.2.1 influence the safe operation of the equipment or personal safety of major accidents,
emergency stop.
1.2.1.1 strong vibration generator
1.2.1.2 range of fire unit, direct threat to the safe operation of unit
1.2 1.3 part and the whole factory with power interruption, unable to maintain the normal
operation of the unit
1.2.1.4 generator smoke, fire, explosion
1.2.1.5 oil system on fire or hydrogen system, unable to quickly put out and a serious
threat to the personal or equipment safety;
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
175/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
176/179
1.2.1.6 sealing oil system of hydrogen oil differential pressure loss, generator sealing tile
large amounts of hydrogen leakage
1.2.1.7 generator, main transformer, HV auxiliary transformer and excitation system fault
trip conditions and protect or switch refusing action;
1.2.1.8 generator outlet TV, TA smoke, fire, explosion;
1.2.1.9 main transformer, high change or excitation when a serious fault or smoke fire;
1.2.1.10 generator in serious leakage, oil leakage, generator hydrogen leakage by filling
hydrogen will be able to maintain generator within the minimum allowed to run when the
hydrogen pressure;
1.2.1.11 generator water leakage alarm signal, and is accompanied by set, rotor
grounding or confirmed by the judgment;
1.2.1.12 winding of the generator stator cooling water is interrupted or flow rate is less
than 20 t/h, more than 30 s;
1.2.1.13 generator stator cooling water pipes and lead serious leaks or disconnected;
1.2.1.14 generator stator bar temperature of 14 or stator water diversion pipe out of
the water temperature of 12 (refer to the same class of sea water or the temperature
difference between the interlayer temperature measuring device), when the temperature
measuring device is verified;
1.2.1.15 Any generator stator slot between the inner temperature measuring element
temperature over 90 or as a wire rod out of the water temperature over 90 or
generator stator cooling water water main water temperature over 85 , temperature
measuring device is verified;
1.2.1.16 hair become group outside the main breaker short circuit, stator current meter to
the largest, severe lower voltage, generator protection device of refusing action;
1.2.1.16 Serious generator slip ring lighter, and generator voltage drop sharply;
Reverse power state operation more than 1 min.
1.2.2 the electrical operation in the emergency stop
1.2.2.1 emergency stop condition of, is to protect the conditions, should confirm the
protection action, if not move or not protect condition of steam turbine should be manual
brake, united jumping generator reverse power switch or program action trip off the main
switch, check the generator power is zero, or hand cut will be the main switch and
system solutions for the column.
1.2.2.2 if export generator enclosed bus inside the shell of hydrogen content more than
1% and emergency stop, must immediately to the enclosed bus enclosure inert gas, and
don't have to wait for the generator stalling started emergency generator hydrogen.
1.2.2.3 other operating the same as the normal downtime.
1.2.3 generator in one of following cases occurs, should ask for instructions to stop the
unit running:
1.2.3.1 generator - transformer group lose the protection operation (because of work
requires a short shutdown and can recover soon, and have corresponding measures
except);
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
176/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
177/179
1.2.3.2 generator coil, core temperature, temperature rise more than permitted, action is
invalid;
1.2.3.3 rotor turn-to-turn short circuit, the rotor current exceeds rating, reactive power is
still hours;
Unit 2 generator field loss more than allow gross, protection from moving.
unit integrity trouble shooting
2.1 unit fire hazard

The phenomenon of
2.1.1 the personnel on duty report a fire siteation.
2.1.2 there was fire happened.
Equipment trip 2.1.3, signals and parameter display abnormal.
2.2 the reason
2.2.1 production site has caused the cause of the fire.
2.2.2 oil of manufacturing system and pipeline leak, cause a fire.
2.2.3 production site fire hazard caused by fire.
2.3 processing
2.3.1 shall determine the cause, quickly cut off the fire, fire fighting as soon as
possible.The fire is bigger should promptly notify the fire department and report to the
leadership.
2.3.2, such as electrical equipment fire, cut off power supply first, then by 1211, carbon
tetrachloride or CO2 fire extinguisher, sand and water are not allowed to be used, foam,
dry powder fire extinguisher.
2.3.3 such as fire around electrical equipment and fire threats, also should stop
equipment operation, cut off power supply.
2.3.4 oil system such as fire, the fire is not big, can safely should fast load reduction,
when stop the machine by the downtime.
If the fire is very big, serious threats to its safe, should press emergency stop processing.
2.3.5 tank fire should immediately open the accident oil drainage of oil drain once or
twice goalkeeper, pay attention to the oil discharge rate, try to ensure that the bearing oil
supply in the process of the unit idle away.
(small oil system on fire principles with host)
2.3.6 is on fire, fire or hydrogen system is can't keep running, press emergency stop
processing, at the same time, the source and the power cut off hydrogen, maintain the
seal oil pump and water pump stator operation, according to the actual siteation to
maintain hydrogen pressure or hydrogen.
Fire with carbon dioxide or other fire
extinguishing equipment.
2.2 unit auxiliary power break off
2.2.1 accident phenomenon:
2.2.1.1 DCS send alarm signal.
2.2.1.2 gas turbine trip, turbine trip, generators solution.
2.2.1.3 exchange lights extinguished, emergency lighting lights, control room darkening
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
177/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
178/179
2.2.1.4 paragraphs 6.6 kV factory with busbar voltage indicator to zero, 6.6 kV bus bar
low voltage alarm.
2.2.1.5 all run ac auxiliary engine shutdown, standby ac auxiliary not since the rev., the
pump outlet pressure and flow rate to zero quickly, the loop current ac load instructions to
zero.
2.2.1.6 each dc equipment since the rev.
2.2.1.7 parameters such as steam temperature, steam pressure, vacuum drops rapidly.
2.2.2 reason
2.2.2.1 unit or power system fault tripping unit.
2.2.2.2 work 6.6 kV power supply I and II period of fault at the same time.
2.2.2.3 system collapse, 500 kv system pressure loss.
2.2.2.4 comprehensive protection misoperation or trip.
2.2.3 processing
2.2.3.1 electrical side processing point
2.2.3.1.1 Afterturbine trip, should confirm 6.6 kV power switch, the generator outlet circuit
breakers and jumped out the magnetic switch is automatically, or else the hair set of
emergency trip button.
2.2.3.1.2 rapidly since the launch of the diesel generator is successful, normal on voltage
security, power supply is normal.
Otherwise should immediately manually start the diesel generator, and restore power to
the security right, restore security section on each load step by step.
2.2.3.1.3 confirm all switches have trip on 6.6 kV paragraphs, or manually.
2.2.3.1.4 confirmed during the security section of UPS power supply switch, by the 220 v
dc power supply, UPS output should not be missed.
2.2.3.1.5 security section after power supply recovery, confirm the UPS bypass returned
to normal, UPS can be cut to bypass operation when necessary.
2.2.3.1.6 security section after power supply recovery, confirmation or restore the charger
in a normal way to run the 220 v dc system, floating charge is normal, and strict
monitoring, limit load and dc voltage, in case the battery discharge or charger load;
Gradually stop on dc equipment.
2.2.3.1.7 matters needing attention
2.2.3.1.9.1 before restoring auxiliary power, to check and record has been starting or
action to protect, and return it together with the maintenance staff, as well as the
corresponding switch power supply equipment for inspection and records, and return the
tripping device, remove the standby equipment interlocking, in case the call after the start
and facilitate the recovery of auxiliary power system.
2.2.3.1.9.2 Shall be fully check auxiliary power system restoration after the auxiliary
power system, invest necessary equipment interlocking protection.
3 generator abnormal operation and trouble shooting

3.1 generator overload operation
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
178/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
179/179
3.1.1
Accident cases in the system, the stator winding of generator allowed a short
period of time over-current and over-voltage of rotor winding ability, called
accident overload operation ability, shown in the following table. Load in this
case, when the stator temperature will exceed the rated load value, so the
frequency is limited to no more than twice a year, when the generator in normal
operation of the stator or rotor winding temperature on the high side, should be
appropriate to limit its short-term overload ratio and time.
Table 3-1
allowable
10
30
60
120
times
stator
226
154
130
116
current
rotor
208
146
125
112
voltage
3.1.2 The phenomenon ofgenerator overload running

3.1.2.1 stator current exceed the rating.
3.1.2.2 DCS alarm window "generator overload" alarm signal.
3.1.2.4 permission levels generator temperature rise of each part.
On the generator overload protection fixed time limit part of the action to reduce load,
inverse time part of the action in the trip.
3.1.3 processing
3.1.3.1 generator stator current exceeds the normal value, the staff on duty should first
check the generator power factor and voltage, and pay attention to the size of the
overload and the running time, completes the detailed records.
3.1.3.2 such as system voltage is normal, while allowing the duration, with reactive load,
reduce the method of field current to the stator current is reduced to normal, but not more
than 0.98 power factor (late), the stator voltage shall not be less than 19 kv.
3.1.3.3 such as generator voltage less than 19 kv, can reduce reactive power, you must
report Shift leader reduce generator active load.
3.1.3.4 closely monitored generators each part of the change of temperature, when the
temperature of the stator or rotor winding is on the high side should be appropriate to
limit its short-term overload ratio and time.
3.1.3.5 Strong generator excitation action caused by overload, run within 10 s personnel
shall not interfere in, over time should be cut regulator to manual, the generator stator
current dropped to below the rating.
3.1.3.6 generator symmetrical overload protection tripping, according to stop processing.
3.2 generator three-phase current unbalance and stator grounding
3.2.1 generator stator three phase current balance
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
179/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
180/179
The asymmetric three-phase load, considering the margin, such as generator of negative
sequence current component and the ratio of the rated current shall not exceed 10%, and
the stator is less than the rating for each phase current, should be able to run
continuously.
3.2.2 phenomenon:
3.3.2.1 when generator negative sequence current reaches 10% of the rated current
value DCS alarm window alarm.
3.3.2.2 generator rotor temperature rise.
3.3.2.3 unit vibration.
3.2.3 reasons:
3.2.3.1 unit caused by internal fault.
3.2.3.2 auxiliary power system is lack of phase operation.
3.2.3.3 ac excitation system lack of phase operation.
3.2.3.4 system failure cause.
3.2.3.5 generator export TA and measurement circuit fault.
3.2.4 processing:
3.2.4.1 alarming, report Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel.
3.2.4.2 of hair group to conduct a comprehensive inspection.
3.2.4.3 acuities were 10% of the rated current value in the negative sequence current
and the stator does not exceed the maximum current rating, allows continuous operation.
3.2.4.4 when negative sequence current > 10% of the rated current value, should report
to scheduling, reduce the active load or generator reactive load, reducing the negative
sequence current to a permitted range.
3.2.4.5 if negative sequence current reaches 11.5% of the rated current value, negative
sequence current protection inverse time period will start, delay unit and system solutions
for column, press emergency stop processing.
3.2.4.6If imbalance caused by internal fault of unit, should stop magnetic treatmen
3.2.4.7 If unbalanced by the auxiliary power system, the excitation system lacks
operation, should report to scheduling, and take corresponding measures.
3.2.4.8 If generator imbalance caused by system failure, should immediately report
schedule, try to eliminate.
And in the generator's operation with unbalanced load allowed time has not arrived,
open-phase running away not line switch, to ensure the safe operation of the generator.
3.2.4.9 generator in unbalance current run time, should strengthen the heating of the
rotor of the generator and the vibration monitoring and inspection.
3.2.5 generator stator single-phase ground fault circuit
20 kv rated voltage of the generator stator, the stator ground fault current value is 1 a,
protection shall be in accordance with the requirements of the setting value.
When the stator ground fault protection alarm, should immediately transfer load, arrange
the downtime.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
180/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
181/179
Phenomenon is as follows:
3.2.5.1 DCS alarm signal generator stator grounding "alarm window.
3.2.5.2 check the voltage of the generator stator grounding phase voltage to reduce or
zero, the other two phase voltage increases, when the ground phase voltage is zero, the
other two phase voltage rise to line voltage value.
3.2.5.3 stator line voltage is constant.
3.2.6 processing
3.2.6.1 report Shift leader, prepared to stop, and at the same time should contact
maintenance personnel.
3.2.6.2 If generator tripping protection movement, according to generator tripping
accident processing.
3.2.6.3 If generator tripping, should be checked comprehensive parameters, such as the
check to the neutral current and phase voltage corresponding change, indicating value is
proved that the generator stator grounding have indeed, should immediately solution
column downtime.
3.2.6.4 If generator tripping, but at the same time check to generator water leakage,
leakage failure or leakage indicator alarm signal with generator, should immediately
solution column downtime.
3.2.6.5 tests take place on the outside of the generator, should supervise the
maintenance staff to try to eliminate as soon as possible.
3.3 genrator voltage circuit line break-off
3.3.1Export TV generator voltage circuit break phenomenon
3.3.1.1 DCS alarm signals have a "TV break line" window, the stator ground fault signal
may occur (with TV circuit protection).
3.3.1.2 DCS screen indicating the stator voltage, active power, reactive power down or to
zero (measuring TV circuit).
3.3.1.3 TV high voltage or low voltage fuse fusing, low voltage side switch trip air, ground
signal may occur.
3.3.1.4 excitation regulator (AVR) parameter indicating possible exception, corresponding
channel of AVR automatically quit running or exit standby;
AVR in single channel is run, will from automatic to manual.
3.3.1.5 excitation system could send "generator TV break" signal.
3.3.1.6 DCS picture the phase voltage of the stator voltage indicator values, only lower
phase, there is no obvious rise.
3.3.1.7 stator line voltage imbalance (neutral current has no obvious change than
normal).
3.3.2 rainfall distribution on 10-12 processing
3.3.2.1 report Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel.
3.3.2.2 strengthen rotor of generator stator current, rotor current and voltage monitoring.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
181/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
182/179
3.3.2.3 machine furnace keep stable load as much as possible, if necessary, can be lifted
by CCS and master to manual cutting machine furnace, fuel oil, main control instructions
to manually adjust the machine furnace before the abnormal state, strengthen the steam
temperature, steam pressure and water flow and steam flow monitoring.
3.3.2.4 disable offline TV about automatic devices and protection (lifted after pressure
lock over-current, stator grounding, reverse power, excitation-loss, out-of-step protection
linking piece).
3.3.2.5 no matter which one compression circuit blown fuse (or empty the trip), shall be
accurately recording time, as far as possible in the blown fuse (or empty the trip) and
restored reading to write down the power indicator, respectively, as a basis for the loss of
power calculation.
3.3.2.6 pancake-type pressure variable TV1, TV2 and secondary loop wire, regulator
automatically by working channel cut to the standby channel operation, should monitor
the generator reactive power output is normal
3.3.2.7 check whether TV secondary fuse fusing, secondary side whether open tripping,
secondary loop are in good condition.
3.3.2.8 off the fuse on the low voltage side of TV (or disconnect secondary side open),
pull out of the TV, check whether high voltage fuse fusing.
3.3.2.9 If secondary blown fuse, fuse replacement of secondary side.
3.3.2.10 If secondary side open trip, should try to send a, if still tripping, which prohibit
again to send, wait for after maintenance personnel to find out the reason and eliminate
defects, open again.
3.3.2.11 if a fuse fusing, checks should be made for TV to replace the fuse after
examination without exception.
3.3.2.12 Push-pull TV must use insulated tools, operators must wear insulated shoes,
wear insulating gloves, and pay attention to safety.
3.3.2.13 after normal, restore TV operation, measurement in the remove protection
linking piece, restore disable automatic device;
Unit for the stator voltage, active and reactive power back to normal after restart to AGC
operation and according to the siteation to remove the fuel;
Unable to restore, report Shift leader, apply for downtime.
3.3.2.14 After normal, should according to the command will return to normal operation
mode excitation type (i.e. channel running back to the original work, the standby channel
tracking operation mode), and reset the alarm signal.
3.4 excitation system fault
4.1 the generator rotor one-point earthing
4.4.1 phenomenon
4.1.1.1 DCS alarm window "generator rotor one-point earthing" alarm signal, the local
control panel send rotor grounding signal excitation system.
4.1.1.2 rotor loop grounding detection device.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
182/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
183/179
4.1.1.3 voltage or check the rotor of the generator rotor insulation inspection instructions,
a ground voltage to reduce or zero, another of voltage rise or for rotor voltage.
4.1.2 reason
4.1.2.1 generator rotor winding fault.
4.1.2.2 excitation circuit fault.
4.1.3 processing
4.1.3.2 to strengthen the monitoring of excitation system, and if I found rotor current
reactive power increases and decreases obviously, should immediately stop.
4.1.3.3 if leakage indicator or humidity instrument alarm and rotor one-point earthing
signal laughed, or check the generator have leakage, oil leakage fault at the same time,
should stop immediately.
4.1.3.4 such as ground at the same time, the generator or loss of excitation, should
immediately stop.
4.1.3.5 check whether the grounding detection device work normally, and further check
the insulation of the insulation detection device number, positive and negative switching
rotor to ground voltage indicator, ascertain the grounding and grounding
4.1.3.6 of excitation system to conduct a comprehensive inspection, have without
obvious grounding, if for slip ring or excitation loop sewage, should contact maintenance
personnel using sootblower or compressed air to purge.
4.1.3.7 cooperate with maintenance personnel to find out the fault point and the nature.
4.1.3.8 such as external rotor grounding, trying to get rid by maintenance personnel.
4.1.3.9 the metallicity of internal stability such as rotor grounding or ground when external
but had to stop to eliminate the report Shift leader, apply for stop treatment as soon as
possible.
4.1.3.10 period of trip, such as rotor grounding protection II is according to the tripping
accident handling, refusing action, such as, will list out the magnetic generator solution
immediately.
4.2 generator rotor winding interturn short circuit
4.2.1
phenomenon
4.2.1.1 rotor current are increased (above 10%), an area of cooling air temperature
measuring point indicator may rise.
4.2.1.2 generator vibration increases.
4.2.2 processing
4.2.2.1 if load cases, also appear the above phenomenon, should be considered for the
rotor interturn short-circuit caused, must immediately report Shift leader and lower load,
reduce vibration or rotor current to allow the scope of the application to stop the machine
as soon as possible to check, processing.
4.2.2.2 if excitation overload protection action, according to protect exports of all stop
processing.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
183/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
184/179
4.3 the generator field loss

This phenomenon
4.3.1.1 after magnetic loss, excitation-loss protection action, solution drop-out, DCS
alarm window "group protection movement", "" magnetism loss signals, may be" out of
step ", "excitation system failure", "generator TV break line", "low excitation limiter action"
and so on.
4.3.1.2 after magnetic loss, excitation-loss protection can't vote or refusing action,
excitation-loss asynchronous generator in running state, the main phenomenon is:
4.3.1.3 generator reactive power indicates a negative value, power factor indicator in
phase.
4.3.1.4 generator to reduce the active power indicator and oscillating phenomenon.
4.3.1.5 generator stator voltage fell slightly.
4.3.1.6 large generator stator current increases, and the cyclical swings, if the active load
is bigger, the serious overload of the stator.
4.3.1.7 rotor current indication is equal to zero or near zero, when the rotor circuit are not
disconnected, the generator rotor current from zero in both directions.
4.3.1.8 generator rotor voltage indicating a periodic oscillation.
4.3.1.9 generator speed than the synchronous speed.
4.3.1.10 Strong adjacent unit excitation possible action.
4.3.2 reason
4.3.2.1 excitation circuit of bus bar, winding, carbon brush and slip ring fault.
4.3.2.2 excitation regulator.
4.3.2.3 run wrong operation or maintenance personnel.
4.3.2.4 rectification device failure.
4.3.2.5 excitation transformer faults.
4.3.2.6 misoperation caused by the failures of the secondary loop.
4.3.3 processing
4.3.3.2 generator field loss protection action, the unit trip, according to the generator
tripping, processing and inspection on excitation circuit.
4.3.3.3. If the generator field loss protection is not input or not, shall be immediately to
the generator column, and check the auxiliary power reserve power source, such as the
investment is not successful, immediately after the confirmation work switch in points a
manual input.
4.3.3.4 generator field loss, adjacent to run way of AVR must be put into automatic
operation, and allow the generator, main transformer by short-time overload operation
accident.
4.3.3.5 cooperate with maintenance staff to find out and eliminate excitation-loss reason
as soon as possible, after the fault clearance can be incorporated into the system for
scheduling order generator.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
184/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
185/179
4.3.3.6 as determined by way of experimental study and the scheduling department and
vice director or chief engineer of the factory production approval, after take the necessary
measures to allow short-term asynchronous operation, after magnetism loss is as
follows:
4.3.3.7 without cause system oscillation and no obvious equipment failure, should
immediately cut AVR by automatic mode to manual mode operation, restore excitation.
4.3.3.8 machine furnace greatly reduced load, immediately after the generator field loss
reduced the load to 0.6 within 30 s pu (the value), in the 90 s to 0.3 pu, fixed, the rotor
current is not more than 1.0 ~ 1.1 pu, excitation-loss running time is not allowed to
exceed the prescribed.
4.3.3.9 if AVR for manual cutting way still cannot successfully restored excitation, or has
caused system oscillation, or equipment failure, or won't recover within 15 min excitation,
shall be immediately solution column generators.
4.4 generator l can't afford to voltage
4.4.1 phenomenon
4.4.1.1 generator stator voltage indicator is very low or zero.
4.4.1.2 Have instructions rotor voltage, and the rotor current without instructions.
4.4.1.3 Have instructed rotor current, and the rotor voltage no order or instruction is very
low.
4.4.1.4 rotor current and voltage are no instructions.
4.4.2 processing
4.4.2.2 check the generator stator voltage, excitation voltage and exciting current
instructions is normal, the transmitter is normal.
4.4.2.3 check whether the excitation circuit is short and open circuit, the polarity with and
without the wait for a phenomenon.
4.4.2.4 check whether generator out the magnetic switch switch is good, whether
generator excitation, the excitation power supply is normal.
4.4.2.5 check whether the generator outlet TV normally, if a plug contact is good, a fuse,
secondary plug-in, secondary side open.
4.4.2.6 check whether the AVR is normal, the excitation system of 220 v dc power supply
switch, contained in the low voltage side of ac power auxiliary transformer T05 Q05 170 v
switch and dc 24 v power supply switch whether Q51 closing well, the voltage is normal.
4.4.2.7 check whether excitation is normal.
4.4.2.8 check generator carbon brush and slip ring contacts are in good condition.
4.4.2.9 check excitation power cabinet in the excitation system is working correctly
4.4.2.10 generator voltage when l can't afford to, should be immediately available for
magnetic extinguishing excitation system, check the circuit, do not blindly increase the
excitation.
4.5 excitation regulator
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
185/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
186/179
4.5.1 phenomenon
4.5.1.1 DCS alarm window "excitation system", "the generator excitation system, TV
break line", "generator TV bolt" alarm signals, etc.
4.5.1.2 generator reactive power indicated value, indicating value of the rotor current,
indicating value of the stator voltage fluctuation, etc.
4.5.2 of reason
4.5.2.1 TV fault.
4.5.2.2 automatic channel power failure.
4.5.2.3 in automatic mode, the thyristor trigger circuit malfunction.
4.5.2.4 automatic way, excitation overcurrent.
4.5.2.5 control unit fault.
4.5.2.6 channel synchronous voltage disappear automatically.
4.5.3 processing:
4.5.3.1 contact maintenance treatment.
4.5.3.2 Reporting Shift leader fault can't eliminate, such as AVR, application solutions are
dealt with downtime.
3.5 electric system oscillation and generator step-out
5.1 phenomenon
5.1.1 generator "out of step protection alarm, serious when action on trip, could send the
excitation-loss protection action signal, the low voltage protection and" overload
protection "possible action report to the alarm.
5.1.2 generator stator current, 500 kv line line current instruction violently cyclical swing
back and forth, and there are more than normal siteation.
5.1.3 generator stator voltage, 500 kv bus voltage and factory use busbar voltage
indicator occurred severe cyclical swings, voltage is usually reduced.
5.1.4 ensuring generator of active and reactive power indicator in the full range within the
scope of periodic oscillation.
5.1.5 generator rotor voltage and current in normal cyclical swings nearby.
5.1.6 PSS, DCS on "PSS action" call the alarm.
5.1.7 the system frequency reading volatility and steam turbine speed, speed control
system.
5.1.8 generator, main transformer rhythm swing above parameters with the rumble of
tune.
5.1.9 lighting periodically one bright one dark, its rhythm and tune the parameters.
5.1.10Strong excitation possible action.
5.1.11 according to different oscillation center position, the characteristics of the
oscillation may
5.1.12 standalone oscillation: oscillation center on hair change within the group, with
periodic severe lower voltage generator terminal voltage and factory, out-of-step
directions generator with adjacent machine and line swing in the opposite direction,
oscillation amplitude near machine and line.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
186/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
187/179
Since the shunt generator may be out of step with excitation-loss make the oscillation
amplitude is more intense.
5.1.13 oscillation between power plants and systems: oscillation center on 500 kv bus,
500 kv bus voltage periodic severely reduced, our factory all generators in the same
direction, oscillation amplitude are basically identical.
5.1.14 system oscillation: oscillation center fall outside the factory sent out lines, our
factory all generators in the same direction, and almost the same amplitude is relatively
small.
5.2 the reason
5.2.1 load mutation.
5.2.2 system fault, protection delay removal, automatic device failure, contact system
reactance suddenly increases, system dynamic stability of damage, such as between the
power output circuit and transformer removal.
5.2.3 requires the system generator, especially the large capacity unit suddenly tripping.
5.2.4 or owe excitation generator magnetism loss sliding step searingly (excitation
regulator manually (FCR or BFCR), lack of monitoring or improper adjustment).
5.2.5 generator than synchronization.
5.2.6 turbine regulating system fluctuations due to wrong operation or malfunction, power
mutation causes the prime mover.
5.2.7 lines conveying power more than the static stability limit.
5.2.8 AVR automatic control failure caused by generator out-of-step oscillation
amplification.
5.2.9 system sudden short circuit fault, fault is usually the main cause of generator
oscillation.
5.3 processing
5.3.1 consideration when the tripping happens in the generator out-of-step protection
action, according to stop processing.
5.3.2 tied for or field loss caused due to synchronization the local oscillation, the
generator will be immediately solution.
5.3.3 for power plant and system oscillation between, according to the following
principles:
5.3.4 report Shift leader, listen to make fast load reduction.
5.3.5 when run way automatic excitation regulator (AVR), should be allowed to move, the
personnel on duty forbids meddling in its regulation;
Manually (FCR or BFCR)) is running, should immediately increased generator excitation
current to allow maximum, at this point, according to the provisions of generator overload
accident.
5.3.6 for system oscillation, according to the following principles:
5.3.6.1 if produce stable oscillation, and the vibration is small, you don't need to operate,
oscillation several times in the past, but the personnel on duty have to be prepared for
dealing with the incident.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
187/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
188/179
5.3.6.2 if caused out of step, it should be resumed as soon as possible to create the
conditions of synchronization, according to the following principles:
5.3.6.2.1 when excitation regulator automatic way, should be allowed to move, the
personnel on duty forbids meddling in its regulation.
5.3.6.2.2 when excitation regulator manually, should immediately to increase to allow a
maximum of generator excitation current, in order to increase, the tension between the
rotor poles, weaken the effect of inertia of the rotor, generator in arrived near the
equilibrium point is easy to pull in synchronization.
5.3.6.2.3 frequency monitoring system and the reference turbine machinery tachometer,
when our factory belongs to a higher frequency of the power plant, shall be immediately
to reduce the active power, make fell to 49 hz frequency, to increase the voltage to the
maximum value at the same time;
When our factory belongs to cycle to reduce power plant, shall be immediately to
increase energy output, and according to the accident overload ability, make the
frequency back to 49 hz, also want to increase the voltage to the maximum value at the
same time.
5.3.6.2.4 adjustment measures taken by the still cannot recover during synchronization,
according to the stipulated time (or frequency oscillation) or report Shift leader, when
scheduling the consent, the unit column.
5.3.7 handle this kind of accident, on the one hand, to calm analysis, accurate judgment;
On the other hand, want to have a overall concept, timely report Shift leader, scheduling
instruct, follow instructions.
5.3.8 oscillation in the system, should pay close attention to the unit auxiliary operation,
try to adjust the relevant operation parameters within the scope of the permit.
5.3.9 oscillations disappear after notification overhaul hair become group each position
loop, excitation circuit, auxiliary power system with auxiliary and factory.
3.6 generator reverse-power operation
6.1 phenomenon
6.1.1 generator active indicates a negative, generator into synchronous motor runni
6.1.2 turbine main steam valve or tone signal fitted.
6.1.3 generator reactive power indicator usually increases, reducing stator current
instructions.
6.1.4 steam turbine exhaust steam temperature.
6.1.5 the stator voltage, rotor voltage, rotor current indication is normal.
6.1.6 system frequency may be slightly lower.
6.1.7 "reverse power action" or "cheng jump reverse power action" signal.
6.2 processing
6.2.1 alarming, report Shift leader.
6.2.2 confirm generator reverse power protection should be action in the column,
according to stop processing.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
188/179
Department
O&M
Electrical Systems
Page
189/179
6.2.3If protection refusing action and confirm the main valve fully closed, the generator
active load after negative, list out the magnetic generator manual solution, will be
immediately reverse power run time does not allow more than 1 min.
6.2.4 voting procedure tripping protection action, the main valve is turned off, if the
generator power indicator is still active power, is forbidden to generator column.
Step must be taken to steam source reliable truncation, negative rear power instruction
will be listed out the magnetic generator solution.
3.7 generator transformer unit asynchronous parallel
7.1 phenomenon
7.1.1 generator and system impact, the generator active, reactive power, current
instructions violent oscillation, generator send out a huge roar.
7.1.2 according to the serious siteation during this period, the generator in different levels
of vibration.
7.1.3 generator out-of-step protection action.
7.2 the reason
7.2.1 generator and, over synchronization does not meet the conditions.
7.2.2 circuit has a problem.
7.3 processing
7.3.1 report Shift leader, contact maintenance personnel.
7.3.2 generator out-of-step protection tripping, according to stop processing.
7.3.3 if no significant noise and vibration of the generator parameters indicating
oscillation amplitude decay gradually, can not stop, but should remit with maintenance
personnel find out than synchronization and the reason, and inspect the hair become
group.
7.3.4 if shock and strong vibration of the generator shows intense and not swing
attenuation, should immediately solution column downtime.
7.3.5 without excitation generator tied by mistake, should immediately solution.
7.3.6 generator than synchronization, in the solution after downtime, shall remit with
maintenance personnel find out than synchronization and the reason, and ask the
maintenance staff to send detailed inspections on variable set, ac impedance
measurement of the rotor of the generator.
7.3.7 before starting again, it is necessary to check the hair become group without
exception or eliminate defects and make sure no problem, after approved by the
production vice director or chief engineer to reset, booster tied for first must make
generator zero again, check and confirm that no abnormal conditions.
HTOM-E-02 R e v. O
189/179

Volume B Operation Procedure of Plant Electrical Systems (HTOM-E-02)

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Volume B Operation Procedure of Plant Electrical Systems (HTOM-E-02)

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Revision:

Harbin Huitong Electric Power Engineering Co., Ltd.

747MW GUDDU Combined Cycle Power Project

Operation & Maintenance Manual

747MW (Gross) Combined Cycle Power Plant

Operation & Maintenance Manual

SECTION I MAIN UNIT SPECIFICATION AND CHARACTERISTIC..............4

SECTION II ELECTRIC SYSTEM AND POWER DISTRIBUTION DEVICE. .97

SECTION III UNIT TROUBLE SHOOTING..................................................171

unit integrity trouble shooting.............................................................................................174

3 generator abnormal operation and trouble shooting..........................................................176

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

3.6 generator reverse-power operation..................................................................................185

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

SECTION I Main Unit Specification and Characteristic

2. Main Equipment Parameters

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

RAT H.V.-L.V. 15.88%

2.1.3 HV auxiliary transformer #1#2

Hainan Jinpan electric Co.,ltd

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

leading phase running

inlet max. water P

Short circuit ratio

static excess load

hydrogen cooler circulating water

stator winding open circuit is rotor winding transient time

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

single-phase short circuit C transient component time

Stator winding outtake water

Temperature limited value

excitation transformer specification as follow:

2.2.2 generator neutral point earthing transformertable1-15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

rated instant 50Hz withstand

secondary side resistance

secondary side resistance hot stable C

transformer insulation grade

2. 2. 4 separated phase enclosed busbar

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

2.3 main motor parameter fo turbine boiler

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

2.3.8 turbine jacking oil pump motor

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

3. generator running specification

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

2 abnormal phenomenon during operation of brush

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

3Excitation device hardware

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

EX2100 excitation device is composed of the following basic components

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Output from AUTO REF function block

Issue Date: 2013/11/15

Table 3-1 Navigation